SRAL XD 3.7 Training Manual

Training ManualSRAL XD (plug-in IDU) SVR 3.7Low Capacity Digital Radio - 7...38 GHz

Training documentation

IMC 0031METDIssue 1, June 2006

s

Copyright (C) Siemens S.p.A. 2006V.le Piero e Alberto Pirelli, 10I-20126 Milano

Issued by Customer Documentation DepartmentS.S. 11 Padana Superiore, km 158I-20060 Cassina de’ Pecchi MI

DISCLAIMER

Siemens may have patents, patent applications, trademarks, copyrights, or other intellectual property rights relevant to the subject matters present in this document.

If not explicitly defined by a license agreement written by Siemens, the ownership of this document does not give any use license for the above mentioned patents, trademarks, copyrights, or other intellectual properties.

For your convenience, Siemens may make this document available.The entire risk deriving from the use, or the results of the use, of this document are at user’s charge. The information contained in this document is subjected to changes without notice. Technical specifications and features are binding only insofar as they are specifically and expressly agreed previously in a written contract.

Siemens gives no assurance relevant to the accuracy of the results or of the output deriving from such information.

In case of utilization of the information transferred by means of this document, we advise You to verify if the export licenses, required by the laws, have been granted or if there are not any other impediments arising from the laws in course in Italy, Germany or relevant to the export.


Safety Rules 1

Glossary 2

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 3

PHYSICAL INTERFACES 4

CONFIGURATIONS 5

FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION 6

PROTECTION SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE 7

SERVICE CHANNELS MANAGEMENT AND PROTECTION

8

EXTERNAL CONNECTIONS 9

ACTIVATION 10

LOOP BACK 11

MAINTENANCE 12

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS 13

14

15

SRAL XD (plug-in IDU)SVR 3.7Low Capacity Digital Radio - 7...38 GHz

Training Manual

index

SRAL XD (plug-in IDU) Siemens

IMC 0031METDIssue 1, June 2006© 2006 Siemens AG

V

Status of Manual

1 Chp. 1 Safety Rules Issue 1, June 2006

2 Chp. 2 Glossary Issue 1, June 2006

3 Chp. 3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Issue 1, June 2006

4 Chp. 4 PHYSICAL INTERFACES Issue 1, June 2006

5 Chp. 5 CONFIGURATIONS Issue 1, June 2006

6 Chp. 6 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION Issue 1, June 2006

7 Chp. 7 PROTECTION SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE Issue 1, June 2006

8 Chp. 8 SERVICE CHANNELS MANAGEMENT AND PROTECTION

Issue 1, June 2006

9 Chp. 9 EXTERNAL CONNECTIONS Issue 1, June 2006

10 Chp. 10 ACTIVATION Issue 1, June 2006

11 Chp. 11 LOOP BACK Issue 1, June 2006

12 Chp. 12 MAINTENANCE Issue 1, June 2006

13 Chp. 13 TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS Issue 1, June 2006

STATUS OF MANUAL

– Current: Issue 1, June 2006

– Previous:

SRAL XD (plug-in IDU)Siemens

VI

WarnhinweiseIn elektrischen Anlagen stehen zwangsläufig bestimmte Teile der Geräte unter Spannung. Einige Teile können auch eine hohe Betriebstemperatur aufweisen.

Eine Nichtbeachtung dieser Situation und der Warnhinweise kann zu Körperverletzung und Sachschäden führen.

Deshalb wird vorausgesetzt, dass nur geschultes und qualifiziertes Personal die Anlagen installiert und wartet.

Beachten sie bitte die nötigen Sicherheitsanforderungen und leisten Sie durch ein problembewußtes Verhalten Ihren Beitrag zur Verhütung von Unfällen jeder Art. Gefahren für Leib und Leben / Leben und Gesundheit bzw. Verletzungen, die aus sicherheitswidrigem Verhalten resultieren können, sind von einer Haftung durch das Training Institute ausgeschlossen.

WarningHigh Voltages are present in certain parts of this equipment. Some parts can also have high operating temperatures.

Non-observance of these conditions and the safety instructions can result in personal injury or in equipment damage.

Therefore only trained and qualified personnel may install and maintain the system.

Please ensure the necessary safety requirements are met and, by demonstrating a responsible attitude, play your part in avoiding accidents of any kind. Danger to life and limb, life and well being or injuries that could result from actions adverse to safety are excluded from any liability on the part of the Training Institute.

AtenciónAlgunos elementos de este equipo presentan tensiones altas. Incluso algunos componentes pueden presentar alta temperatura.

No observar estas condiciones y las instrucciones de seguridad puede causar daños personales, así como daños al equipo.

Por lo tanto el sistema debe ser instalado y mantenido por personal cualificado.

Tenga presente los requerimientos de seguridad y contribuya a la prevención de accidentes de toda índole, actuando consciente de los problemas que pudieran surgir. El Training Institute' no se responsabiliza por daños y perjuicios resultantes de actuaciones contrarias a los aspectos de seguridad y que pongan en peligro la salud y la vida de las personas involucradas.

AttentionDes tensions élevées sont inévitablement présentes à des points spécifiques de cet équipement électrique. Certains éléments peuvent aussi avoir en service des température élevées.

La non-observation de ces conditions et des instructions de sécurité peut engendrer des dégats personnelles ou un endommagement du matériel.

Pour ces raisons seulement le personnel formé et qualifié est permis d’installer et de maintenir le système.

Veuillez tenir compte des exigences de sécurité nécessaires et contribuer à la prévention des accidents de toutes sortes par un comportement conscient des risques. Le Training Institute décline toute responsabilité pour les dangers menaçant le corps et la vie / la vie et la santé et/ou les blessures pouvant résulter d'actes contraires à la sécurité.


© 2006 Siemens AG


AttenzioneIn certe parti dell’apparato sono presenti alte tensioni. In servizio, certi componenti possono raggiungere temperature elevate.

La non osservanza di queste condizioni e delle istruzioni di sicurezza può provocare incidenti alle persone o danni all’apparato.

Per questo l’installazione e la manutenzione del sistema deve essere affidata solo a personale qualificato e preparato.

Assicurarsi che i requisiti di sicurezza siano soddisfatti e contribuire alla prevenzione di incidenti di qualsiasi tipo tenendo sempre in considerazione i rischi presenti.

Il “Training Institute” declina ogni responsabilità relativa a danni alla salute e alla vita del personale conseguenza di azioni ed interventi che non rispettano le procedure di sicurezza.


VII


VIII
IMC 0031METD
Issue 1, June 2006© 2006 Siemens AG


INDEX1 Safety Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.11.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.11.2 Safety rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1

1.2.1 Electrical safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.11.2.1.1 Warnings for the electrical safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.11.2.1.2 Waste equipment management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.11.2.2 External operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.3

1.3 ESDS Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.42 Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.12.1 List of abbreviations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.13 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.13.1 SRAL XD system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.13.2 System building . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.13.3 System configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.23.4 Network Topologies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.23.5 IDU-ODU Interconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2

3.5.1 51.84 Mbit/s or 155.520 Mbit/s signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.33.5.2 ODU Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.3

3.6 Supporting frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.33.6.1 1+0 supporting frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.33.6.2 1+1 Supporting frame for frequency diversity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.43.6.3 1+1 Supporting frame for Hot stand-by with integrated antenna . . . . . . . . . .3.43.6.4 1+1 Supporting frame for Hot stand-by with independent antenna . . . . . . . .3.4

4 PHYSICAL INTERFACES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.14.1 Power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.14.2 E1 Tributary signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.14.3 Ethernet (10/100 baseT) tributary signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.14.4 E3 tributary signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.14.5 WST signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.14.6 User channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.24.7 Alarm and remote control external lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.24.8 Monitoring of received RF power on the ODU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.24.9 Supervision interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.25 CONFIGURATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.15.1 16xE1 IDU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.15.2 32xE1 IDU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.15.3 1xE3 IDU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.25.4 ETH IDU ( 4xLAN + 8xE1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.25.5 Licence fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.25.6 Configuration summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.36 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.16.1 IDU ARCHITECTURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.1


1


2

6.1.1 IDU (16xE1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.16.2 2 Mbit/s (16xE1) Tributary Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.16.3 BB (16xE1) Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.26.4 Controller unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.36.5 IDU (32xE1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.3

6.5.1 2 Mbit/s (32xE1) Tributary Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.46.5.2 BB (32xE1) Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.56.5.3 Controller unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.6

6.6 IDU (1xE3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.66.6.1 34 Mbit/s (1xE3) Tributary Unit + 2 Mbit/s WST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.76.6.2 BB (1xE3) Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.7

6.7 Controller unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.86.8 IDU (ETH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.8

6.8.1 4xLAN (10/100BaseT) + 8x2 Mbit/s (8xE1) Tributary Unit (DATA INTERFACE UNIT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.9

6.8.1.1 Data interface unit description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.96.8.1.2 BB (16xE1) Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.136.8.1.3 Controller unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.14

6.9 IDU composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.146.9.1 IDU 16xE1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.146.9.2 IDU 1xE3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.166.9.3 IDU ETH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.17

6.10 IDU 32xE1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.196.11 LED, MONITORING POINTS, CONNECTORS AND SWITCHES. . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.206.12 ODU ARCHITECTURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.22

6.12.1 BB-I (Base-Band and Cable Interface) Section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.226.12.2 Power Supply Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.226.12.3 Modem Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.226.12.4 Controller Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.226.12.5 IF section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.236.12.6 RF Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.236.12.7 ODU identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.236.12.8 “Vertical” polarization application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.246.12.9 “Horizontal” polarization application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.246.12.10 “Rx field measure” connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.24

7 PROTECTION SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.17.1 Tributary Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.17.2 Rx tributary Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.2

7.2.1 Tx tributary Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.27.2.2 Protection Structures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.37.2.3 Hardware protection logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.47.2.4 Hitless protection logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.6

8 SERVICE CHANNELS MANAGEMENT AND PROTECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.18.1 User channel (USR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.2


© 2006 Siemens AG


8.1.1 Radio Embedded Communication Channel (R) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8.28.1.2 Tributary Embedded Communication Channel (D) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8.3

9 EXTERNAL CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.19.1 16xE1 IDU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.1

9.1.1 Primary supply voltage connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.19.1.2 Connector functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.1

9.2 1xE3 IDU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.19.2.1 Primary supply voltage connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.19.2.2 Connector functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.1

9.3 ETH IDU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.29.3.1 Primary supply voltage connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.29.3.2 Connector functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.2

9.4 32xE1 IDU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.29.4.1 Primary supply voltage connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.2

10 ACTIVATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.110.1 PRESETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.1

10.1.1 Hardware settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.110.1.1.1 System E2PROM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.1

10.2 ACTIVATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.210.2.1 Local checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.210.2.2 IDU first installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.210.2.3 Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.310.2.4 Local checks on the equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.310.2.4.1 Control of the system configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.310.2.4.2 Configuration of IP address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.410.2.5 Link checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.410.2.5.1 Final checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.410.2.5.2 Switching test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.410.2.5.3 Restore of the operating conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.4

10.3 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITIONS AND ALARMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.510.3.1 Normal operating conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.510.3.2 Alarm conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.5

11 LOOP BACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11.111.1 Loop-backs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.1

11.1.1 Tributary loop-backs (Fig. 11.1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11.112 MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12.112.1 TROUBLESHOOTING AND RESTORING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.1

12.1.1 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12.112.1.2 Unit replacement procedures in 1+0 systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12.212.1.2.1 ODU replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12.212.1.2.2 IDU-ODU cable replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12.212.1.2.3 Replacement of the IDU units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12.212.1.2.4 ODU replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12.312.1.2.5 IDU-ODU cable replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12.4


3


4

12.1.2.6 Replacement of the IDU units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.412.1.3 Configuration change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.5

12.2 LIST OF SPARE PARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.612.2.1 IDU spare parts list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.612.2.2 ODU spare parts list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.7

12.3 PROCEDURE FOR SPARE PARTS USE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.1012.3.1 Procedure for the IDU unit replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.1012.3.2 Procedure for the ODU replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.11

13 TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.113.1 General characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.1

13.1.1 ODU ND characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.813.1.1.1 Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.813.1.1.2 Receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.913.1.2 ODU HD/HP characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.1013.1.2.1 Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.1013.1.2.2 Receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.1113.1.3 ODU HDe characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.1313.1.3.1 Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.1313.1.3.2 Receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.1413.1.4 IDU characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.1613.1.4.1 Protected configuration specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.1613.1.4.2 Operating mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.1613.1.4.3 Hardware alarm detection time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.1613.1.4.4 Operational switching time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.1613.1.4.5 Characteristics of 2 Mbit/s tributary interface (E1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.1713.1.4.6 Characteristics of 34 Mbit/s tributary Interface (E3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.1713.1.4.7 Characteristics of Ethernet ports interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.1813.1.4.8 Characteristics of channel auxiliary interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.1813.1.4.9 Power supply characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.2013.1.5 Guaranteed consumptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.2013.1.6 Mechanical characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.2113.1.7 Environmental conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.2213.1.8 EMC/EMI characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.2213.1.9 Safety characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.2313.1.10 Antenna P/N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.23

13.2 IDU/ODU CONNECTION WITH BRAIDED COAXIAL CABLE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.2413.2.1 Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.24

13.3 IDU/ODU CONNECTION WITH 1/4” COAXIAL CABLE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.2713.3.1 1/4” coaxial cable - Connection on IDU side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.2713.3.2 Andrew and RFS-Kabelmetal sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.2713.3.3 Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.28


© 2006 Siemens AG


LIST OF FIGURES

Fig. 3.1 SRAL XD equipment block diagram (with 16xE1 IDU). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5Fig. 3.2 SRAL XD equipment block diagram (with 32xE1 IDU). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.6Fig. 3.3 SRAL XD equipment block diagram (with 1xE3 IDU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7Fig. 3.4 SRAL XD equipment block diagram (with ETH IDU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8Fig. 3.5 1+0 system with 1 integrated antenna (Terminal) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.9Fig. 3.6 1+0 system with 1 independent antenna (Terminal). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.10Fig. 3.7 2x(1+0) dual terminal system, Repeater A/D with 2 integrated antennas . . . . . 3.11Fig. 3.8 2x(1+0) dual terminal system, Repeater A/D with 2 independent antennas. . . . 3.12Fig. 3.9 1+1 FD, PD system with 2 integrated antennas (Terminal) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.13Fig. 3.10 1+1 FD, PD system with 2 independent antennas (Terminal) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.14Fig. 3.11 1+1 PD system with 1 independent antenna (Terminal). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.15Fig. 3.12 SRAL XD - 7/8 GHz: 1+1 H/S, FD system with 1 independent antenna

(Terminal) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.16Fig. 3.13 SRAL XD - 13-38 GHz: 1+1 H/S system with 1 integrated antenna (Terminal) . 3.17Fig. 3.14 SRAL XD - 13-38 GHz: 1+1 H/S system with 1 independent antenna

(Terminal) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.18Fig. 3.15 1+0 supporting frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.19Fig. 3.16 1+1 supporting frame for frequency diversity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.20Fig. 3.17 1+1 Supporting frame for Hot stand-by . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.21Fig. 3.18 1+1 Supporting frame for Hot stand-by . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.22Fig. 4.1 IDU physical interfaces (16xE1 IDU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5Fig. 4.2 IDU physical interfaces (32xE1 IDU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6Fig. 4.3 IDU physical interfaces (1xE3 IDU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.7Fig. 4.4 IDU physical interfaces ( ETH IDU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.8Fig. 4.5 Network supervision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.9Fig. 5.1 SRAL XD equipment: single terminal 1+0 configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.4Fig. 5.2 SRAL XD equipment: dual terminal 2×(1+0) configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.5Fig. 5.3 SRAL XD equipment: single terminal 1+1 H/S configuration (one antenna) . . . . 5.6Fig. 5.4 SRAL XD equipment: single terminal 1+1 PD configuration (one antenna) . . . . . 5.7Fig. 5.5 SRAL XD equipment: Repeater with tributary Add/Drop (A/D-RPT)

configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.8Fig. 5.6 SRAL XD equipment: single terminal 1+0 configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.9Fig. 5.7 SRAL XD equipment: single terminal 1+1 H/S configuration (one antenna) . . . 5.10Fig. 5.8 SRAL XD equipment: single terminal 1+1 PD configuration (one antenna) . . . . 5.11Fig. 5.9 SRAL XD equipment: single terminal 1+0 configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.12Fig. 5.10 SRAL XD equipment: single terminal 1+1 H/S configuration (one antenna) . . . 5.13Fig. 5.11 SRAL XD equipment: single terminal 1+1 PD configuration (one antenna) . . . . 5.14Fig. 5.12 SRAL XD equipment: single terminal 1+0 configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.15Fig. 5.13 SRAL XD equipment: single terminal 1+1 H/S configuration (one antenna) . . . 5.16Fig. 5.14 SRAL XD equipment: single terminal 1+1 PD configuration (one antenna) . . . . 5.17


5


6

Fig. 6.1 16xE1 IDU block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.25Fig. 6.2 Data interface unit block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.26Fig. 6.3 Access Board payload block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.27Fig. 6.4 BaseBand Board payload block diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.28Fig. 6.5 1xE3 IDU block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.29Fig. 6.6 ETH IDU block diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.30Fig. 6.7 Data interface unit block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.31Fig. 6.8 VLAN tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.32Fig. 6.9 ODU’s functional block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.33Fig. 6.10 Tributary protection general block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.34Fig. 6.11 Rx general protection block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.35Fig. 6.12 (1+1) FD Tx section protection block diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.36Fig. 6.13 IDU front panel in (1+1 - 16xE1) configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.37Fig. 6.14 IDU front panel in (1+1 - 1xE3) configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.38Fig. 6.15 IDU front panel in (1+1 - ETH ) configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.39Fig. 6.16 IDU front panel in (1+1 - 32xE1) configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.40Fig. 6.17 Summary of the front panel LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.41Fig. 6.18 Base Band unit front panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.42Fig. 6.19 Controller unit front panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.43Fig. 6.20 1+1 FD: position of the switches and CH A and CH B LEDs switching on . . . . 6.44Fig. 6.21 1+1 FD: position of the switches and CH A and CH B LEDs switching on . . . . 6.45Fig. 6.22 1+1 FD: position of the switches and CH A and CH B LEDs switching on . . . . 6.46Fig. 6.23 1+1 FD: position of the switches and CH A and CH B LEDs switching on . . . . 6.47Fig. 6.24 1+1 Hot Standby: position of the switches and CH A and CH B LEDs

switching on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.48Fig. 6.25 1+1 Hot Standby: position of the switches and CH A and CH B LEDs



switching on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.51Fig. 6.28 ODU’s functional block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.52Fig. 6.29 “Vertical” polarization application (ODU “Normal Density” - ND and ODU

“High Density enhanced HDe) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.53Fig. 6.30 “Vertical” polarization application (ODU “High Density” - HD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.54Fig. 6.31 “Horizontal” polarization application (ODU “Normal Density” - ND and ODU

“High Density enhanced - HDe). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.55Fig. 6.32 “Horizontal” polarization application (ODU “High Density” - HD) . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.56Fig. 6.33 “Rx field measure” connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.57Fig. 7.1 Tributary protection general block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7Fig. 7.2 Rx general protection block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.8Fig. 7.3 (1+1) FD Tx section protection block diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.9Fig. 7.4 (1+1) HS Tx section protection block diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.10Fig. 7.5 Tx protection in Hot-Standby configuration with one antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.11


© 2006 Siemens AG


Fig. 7.6 Tx protection in Frequency Diversity configuration (with two antennas) . . . . . . 7.12Fig. 7.7 Rx Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.13Fig. 7.8 Alarms of Hardware protection logic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.14Fig. 7.9 Hardware protection logic architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.15Fig. 7.10 Alarms of Hitless protection logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.16Fig. 7.11 Hitless Protection Logic Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.17Fig. 8.1 1+1 configuration of User channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.4Fig. 8.2 2x(1+0) configuration of User channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.5Fig. 8.3 Repeater configuration of User channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.6Fig. 8.4 1+1 configuration of R channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.7Fig. 8.5 2x(1+0) configuration of R channels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.8Fig. 8.6 1+1 configuration of D channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.9Fig. 8.7 2x(1+0) configuration of D channels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.10Fig. 9.1 16xE1 IDU - Primary Power Supply Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.3Fig. 9.2 16xE1 IDU - ODU connections (connector coax. type SMA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.4Fig. 9.3 16xE1 IDU - 2 Mbit/s 120 ohm (Sub-D) from 1 to 8 Tributary Connections . . . . . 9.5Fig. 9.4 16xE1 IDU - 2 Mbit/s 120 ohm (Sub-D) from 9 to 16 Tributary Connections . . . . 9.6Fig. 9.5 16xE1 IDU - 2 Mbit/s 75 ohm (Sub-D) from 1 to 8 Tributary Connections . . . . . . 9.7Fig. 9.6 16xE1 IDU - 2 Mbit/s 75 ohm (Sub-D) from 9 to 16 Tributary Connections . . . . . 9.8Fig. 9.7 16xE1 IDU - 2 Mbit/s (75 ohm coax.) from 1 to 16 Tributary Connections . . . . . . 9.9Fig. 9.8 16xE1 IDU - 2 Mbit/s (120 ohm LEMO) from 1 to 16 Tributary Connections . . . 9.10Fig. 9.9 16xE1 IDU - Alarm connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.11Fig. 9.10 16xE1 IDU - 64 kbit/s (V.11) service channel connnection: USER/Dext

(USER 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.12Fig. 9.11 16xE1 IDU - 64 kbit/s (V.11) service channel connnection: USER/Dext

(USER 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.13Fig. 9.12 16xE1 IDU - (CH1 and CH2) 64 kbit/s (V11) service channel connnection . . . . 9.14Fig. 9.13 16xE1 IDU - Supervision connections (Q LAN - V LAN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.15Fig. 9.14 16xE1 IDU - Connection example (Q LAN - V LAN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.16Fig. 9.15 16xE1 IDU - V-BUS Connection ( with Controller P/N 634-001/74) . . . . . . . . . . 9.17Fig. 9.16 16xE1 IDU - LCT connection (RS 232) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.18Fig. 9.17 1xE3 IDU - Primary Power Supply Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.19Fig. 9.18 1xE3 IDU - ODU connections (connector coax. type SMA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.20Fig. 9.19 1xE3 IDU - 34 Mbit/s tributary connections (75 ohm coax.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.21Fig. 9.20 1xE3 IDU - 2 Mbit/s WST Signal connections (75 ohm coax.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.22Fig. 9.21 1xE3 IDU - Alarm connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.23Fig. 9.22 1xE3 IDU - 64 kbit/s (V.11) service channel connection: USER/Dext

(USER 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.24Fig. 9.23 1xE3 IDU - 64 kbit/s (V.11) service channel connection: USER/Dext

(USER 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.25Fig. 9.24 1xE3 IDU - (CH1 and CH2) 64 kbit/s (V11) service channel connection . . . . . . 9.26Fig. 9.25 1xE3 IDU - Supervision connections (Q LAN - V LAN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.27Fig. 9.26 1xE3 IDU - Connection example (Q LAN - V LAN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.28Fig. 9.27 1xE3 IDU - V-BUS Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.29


7


8

Fig. 9.28 1xE3 IDU - LCT connection (RS 232) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.30Fig. 9.29 ETH IDU - Primary Power Supply Connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.31Fig. 9.30 ETH IDU - ODU connections (connector coax. type SMA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.32Fig. 9.31 ETH IDU - 2 Mbit/s 75 ohm (Sub-D) from 1 to 8 Tributary Connections . . . . . . 9.33Fig. 9.32 ETH IDU - 2 Mbit/s 120 ohm (Sub-D) from 1 to 8 Tributary Connections . . . . . 9.34Fig. 9.33 ETH IDU - 10/100 BaseT Ethernet Lan Ports (RJ45) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.35Fig. 9.34 ETH IDU - Alarm connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.36Fig. 9.35 ETH IDU - 64 kbit/s (V.11) service channel connection: USER/Dext (USER 1) 9.37Fig. 9.36 ETH IDU - 64 kbit/s (V.11) service channel connection: USER/Dext (USER 2) 9.38Fig. 9.37 ETH IDU - (CH1 and CH2) 64 kbit/s (V11) service channel connection . . . . . . 9.39Fig. 9.38 ETH IDU - Supervision connections (Q LAN - V LAN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.40Fig. 9.39 ETH IDU - Connection example (Q LAN - V LAN). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.41Fig. 9.40 ETH IDU - V-BUS Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.42Fig. 9.41 ETH IDU - LCT connection (RS 232). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.43Fig. 9.42 Primary Power Supply Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.44Fig. 9.43 ODU connections (connector coax. type SMA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.45Fig. 9.44 2 Mbit/s 75 ohm (MiniRJ21) from 1 to 8 / 9 to 16 / 17 to 24 / 25 to 32 Tributary

Connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.46Fig. 9.45 2 Mbit/s 120 ohm (MiniRJ21) from 1 to 8 / 9 to 16 / 17 to 24 / 25 to 32 Tributary

Connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.47Fig. 9.46 Alarm connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.48Fig. 9.47 64 kbit/s (V.11) service channel connnection: USER/Dext (USER 1) . . . . . . . . 9.50Fig. 9.48 64 kbit/s (V.11) service channel connnection: USER/Dext (USER 2) . . . . . . . . 9.51Fig. 9.49 (CH1 and CH2) 64 kbit/s (V11) service channel connnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.52Fig. 9.50 Supervision connections (Q LAN - V LAN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.53Fig. 9.51 Connection example (Q LAN - V LAN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.54Fig. 9.52 V-BUS Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.55Fig. 9.53 V-BUS Connection example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.56Fig. 10.1 IDU Key position (16xE1 Tributary unit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.6Fig. 10.2 IDU Key position (1xE3 Tributary unit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.7Fig. 10.3 IDU Key position (ETH Tributary unit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.8Fig. 10.4 IDU Key position (32xE1 Tributary unit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.9Fig. 10.5 LEDs status in the normal operating conditions of a 1+0/1+1 system (16xE1) 10.10Fig. 10.6 LEDs status in the normal operating conditions of a 1+0/1+1 system (1xE3) . 10.11Fig. 10.7 LEDs status in the normal operating conditions of a 1+0/1+1 system (ETH) . 10.12Fig. 10.8 LEDs status in the normal operating conditions of a 1+0/1+1 system (32xE1) 10.13Fig. 11.1 Tributary loop-back . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.2Fig. 12.1 IDU assembly LEDs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.12Fig. 12.2 Ethernet tributary unit LAN Ports LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.13Fig. 12.3 Flow chart No. 1 - Intervention procedure because of failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.14Fig. 13.1 ETSI Block diagram of Tx RF side. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.32Fig. 13.2 Mask of the RF signal for 7 to 38 GHz ODU ND according to the traffic

capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.33Fig. 13.3 ETSI Block diagram of Rx RF side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.34


© 2006 Siemens AG


Fig. 13.4 ETSI Block diagram of Tx RF side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.35Fig. 13.5 Mask of the RF signal for 7 to 38 GHz ODU (HP mode) according to the

traffic capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.36Fig. 13.6 Mask of the RF signal for 23, 26, 28 and 38 GHz ODU (HD mode) according

to the traffic capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.37Fig. 13.7 Mask of the RF signal for 7, 8,15 and 18 GHz ODU (HD mode) according

to the traffic capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.38Fig. 13.8 ETSI Block diagram of Rx RF side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.39Fig. 13.9 ETSI Block diagram of Tx RF side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.40Fig. 13.10Mask of the RF signal for 18, 23 and 38 GHz ODU (ND mode) according to

the traffic capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.41Fig. 13.11Mask of the RF signal for 18 Ghz ODU (HD mode) or 23, 38 GHz ODU

(HD mode) according to the traffic capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.42Fig. 13.12ETSI Block diagram of Rx RF side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.43Fig. 13.13Shape of 2 Mbit/s tributary interface output signal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.44Fig. 13.14Shape of 34 Mbit/s tributary interface output signal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.45Fig. 13.15Temperature/humidity climatic diagram for IDU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.46Fig. 13.16Temperature/humidity climatic diagram for ODU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.47Fig. 13.17Temperature/humidity climatic diagram for IDU-ODU storage . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.48Fig. 13.18Braided coaxial cable - IDU/ODU tipical connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.49Fig. 13.191/4” coaxial cable - IDU/ODU tipical connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.50Fig. 13.201/4” coaxial cable - Connection on IDU side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.51


9


10
IMC 0031METD


LIST OF TABLES

Tab. 3.1 System configurations for SRAL XD equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2Tab. 5.1 Configuration summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.3Tab. 6.1 Plug-in 16xE1 IDU composition P/N 732-101/61 (Controller unit

P/N 634-001/73 equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.15Tab. 6.2 Plug-in 16xE1 IDU composition P/N 732-101/61 (Controller unit

P/N 634-001/74 equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.16Tab. 6.3 Plug-in 1xE3 IDU composition P/N 732-101/61 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.17Tab. 6.4 Plug-in ETH IDU composition P/N 732-101/61. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.18Tab. 6.5 Plug-in 32xE1 IDU composition P/N 732-101/62 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.19Tab. 6.6 Summary of the front panel LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.20Tab. 8.1 User channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.2Tab. LCT connector (RS 232). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.18Tab. 10.1KEY alarms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.3Tab. 12.1List of spare parts - 16xE1 IDU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.6Tab. 12.2List of spare parts - ETH IDU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.6Tab. 12.3List of spare parts - 1xE3 IDU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.6Tab. 12.4List of spare parts - 32xE1 IDU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.7Tab. 12.5ODU “HD/HP” 7 GHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.7Tab. 12.6ODU “HD/HP” 8 GHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.7Tab. 12.7ODU “HD/HP” 15 GHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.7Tab. 12.8ODU “HD/HP” 18 GHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.7Tab. 12.9ODU “HD/HP” 23 GHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.7Tab. 12.10ODU “HD/HP” 26 GHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.8Tab. 12.11ODU “HD/HP” 28 GHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.8Tab. 12.12ODU “HD/HP” 38 GHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.8Tab. 12.13ODU “HD/HP Low Power” 38 GHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.8Tab. 12.14ODU “ND” 7 GHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.8Tab. 12.15ODU “ND” 8 GHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.8Tab. 12.16ODU “ND” 13 GHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.9Tab. 12.17ODU “ND” 15 GHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.9Tab. 12.18ODU “ND” 18 GHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.9Tab. 12.19ODU “ND” 23 GHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.9Tab. 12.20ODU “ND” 26 GHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.9Tab. 12.21ODU “ND” 28 GHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.9Tab. 12.22ODU “ND” 38 GHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.9Tab. 12.23ODU “HDe” 18 GHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.10Tab. 12.24ODU “HDe” 23 GHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.10Tab. 12.25ODU “HDe” 38 GHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.10Tab. 12.26ODU “HDe Low Power” 38 GHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.10Tab. 13.1Antenna P/N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.23


11


12

Tab. 13.2Construction characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.24Tab. 13.3Mechanical characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.24Tab. 13.4Range of temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.24Tab. 13.5Electrical characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.25Tab. 13.6Attenuation, (dB/100) Standard conditions: VSWR 1.0; ambient

temperature 24°C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.25Tab. 13.7Average Power Rating, kW Standard conditions: VSWR 1.0; ambient

temperature 40°C; inner conductor temperature 100°C; . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.26Tab. 13.8Andrew set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.27Tab. 13.9RFS-Kabelmetal set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.27Tab. 13.10Construction characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.28Tab. 13.11Mechanical characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.28Tab. 13.12Range of temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.28Tab. 13.13Electrical characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.29Tab. 13.14Attenuation, (dB/100m) Standard conditions: VSWR 1.0; ambient

temperature 24°C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.30Tab. 13.15Average Power Rating, kW Standard conditions: VSWR 1.0; ambient

temperature 40°C; inner conductor temperature 100°C; . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.31Tab. RF signal attenuation limit values (23, 26, 28 and 38 GHz - HD) . . . . . . . . . . 13.37Tab. RF signal attenuation limit values (7, 8, 15 and 18 GHz - HD) . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.38


© 2006 Siemens AG


1 Safety Rules

1.1 General

This document contains all the safety rules and the correct precautions to be followed during operations on the equipment to avoid injuries to personnel and/or damages to the equipment components.

1.2 Safety rules

The equipment complies with the 89/336/EEC European specification.

The equipment is preconfigured for supply from station batteries (-48 VDC ± 20%); then follow the on force specifications for low voltage supplied equipment's.

1.2.1 Electrical safety

1.2.1.1 Warnings for the electrical safety

The equipment complies with the CEI EN 60950-1 safety specifications.

The equipment must be installed, started up, managed and repaired only by properly

trained personnel.

� Before supplying the equipment, it is necessary to complete the wiring of the connections to the protection ground, the insertion of all the units and/or modules provided for the re-quested configuration and also the connection of all the necessary connectors.

� The connection to the protection ground must not be removed or damaged.

1.2.1.2 Waste equipment management

The radio equipment at the end of its life can be classified as “16 02 14 equipment out of use different from the equipment listed in 16 02 09 to 16 02 13” according to the dangerous was-te list determined in article 1 para. 4 of Government Recc. 91/689/EEC on the dangerous waste updated in Recc. 2001/118/EC.


1-1


1-2

The equipment does not include:

� Cadmium

� Mercury

� Asbestos

� Radioactive materials

� PCB

� Berillium

INFORMATION TO USER (FOR ITALIAN MARKET ONLY)

According to the art. 13 of the legislative decree, D.Lgs nr. 151 of the 25th of july 2005."adopting directives 2002/95/CE, 2002/96/CE e 2003/108/CE, releted on the restriction of the useof certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment, and on disposal ofelectrical and electronic waste".The crossed-out bin symbol on equipment, means that the product, at the end of its useful life, mustbe disposed separately from the municipal waste. User should return it to the municipalities collectionsystem or to the ratailers if you buy a new equivalent product.Differentiated waste of old appliances will result in recycling, treatment and environmental compatibledisposal, which will help to prevent potential negative consequences on the environment and humanhealth and consequently the reuse of renewable raw materialThe misdemenour of the disposal will lead to financial penalties as defined in artt. 50 onwards, of the

legislative decree nr. 22 of the 5th of february 1997.


© 2006 Siemens AG


1.2.2 External operations

Some other operations involving danger conditions are the ones executed outside during the equipment installation and starting up phase.During the execution of such operations, it is necessary to follow strictly the safety rules listed here below:

� During installation, while the antenna and/or the external supporting-frame for rod are lif-ted, it is strictly forbidden to stay or to pass in the underlying area. Such an area must be properly restricted or signalled according to the on force rules.

� For the external operations to be executed on the antenna, on the frame and on the ODU, all the necessary safety rules against accidental fallings of the operators must be respec-ted, according to the on force rules. For example, it is necessary to use protection fences and belts.

� During the equipment starting up phase, the operators must not be in front of the antenna.

If one of the above mentioned safety rules is not respected, some injuries to thepersonnel can be caused.


1-3


1-4

1.3 ESDS Precautions

The ESDS (Electro Static Discharge Sensitive) electronic devices can be partially orpermanently damaged by the static electricity that is commonly present in the operatingenvironment.The main ESDS devices are:

– CMOS components

– Large Scale Integration components in MOS technology

– SAW (Surface Acoustic Wave) components

– Operational amplifiers with MOS/FET inputs

– MOS/FET components and arrays

– Microwave semiconductors and microcircuits at frequencies > 1 GHz

Modules containing ESDS devices are identified by following adhesive labels:

In order avoid any damage while handling the modules, the user should wear anantistatic elastic bracelet, grounded by means a spiral cord.Those modules that are mounted on the equipment (faulty or spare parts) shall bestores in their original antistatic package marked by the labels above shown.


© 2006 Siemens AG


2 Glossary

2.1 List of abbreviations

A/D-RPT

Add/Drop Repeater

AC

Alternating Current

ACI

Adjacent Channel Interference

AGC

Automatic Gain Control

ALM

Alarm

ATPC

Automatic Transmit Power Control

AUX

Auxiliary

BB

Base Band

BER

Bit Error Rate

BOL

Beginning Of Life

BSC

Basic Station Center

BTS

Basic Terminal Station


2-1


2-2

CCI

Co-Channel Interference

CH

Channel

CMD

Command

CPM

Continuous Phase Modulation

CW

Continuous Wave

D/A

Digital/Analog

DC

Direct Current

DCE

Data Communication Equipment

DEM

Demodulator

DTE

Data Terminal Equipment

DTMF

Dual Tone Multi Frequency

EM

ElectroMagnetic

EN

Enable

EOL

End Of Life


© 2006 Siemens AG


EOW

Engineering Order Wire

E&M

“Ear and Mouth”

ESDS

Electro Static Discharge Sensitive

ETH

Ethernet

EXT

External

FD

Frequency Diversity

FEC

Forward Error Corrector

GA

Gate Array

GND

Ground

H

High

H/S

Hot-Standby

HD

High Density

HDB3

High Density Bipolar 3

HDLC

High Data Link Control


2-3


2-4

HL

Hitless

HP

High Performance

HW

Hardware

I/O

Input/Output

IC

Integrated Circuit

ID

Identifier

IDU

Indoor Unit

IF

Intermediate Frequency

IN

Input

IND

Indicative

INT

Internal

ITMN

Installation Test Manual

L

Low

LAN

Local Area Network


© 2006 Siemens AG


LCT

Local Craft Terminal

LSI

Large Scale Integration

MEM

Memorization

MOD

Modulator

MSC

Mobile Service switching Center

MTTR

Mean Time To Repair

ND

Normal Density

NE

Network Element

NRZ

Not Return-to-Zero

NURG

Not Urgent

ODU

Outdoor Unit

OMC

Operation & Maintenance Center

OSI

Open System Interconnection

OUT

Output


2-5


2-6

OW

Overflow

PC

Personal Computer

PD

Polarization Diversity

PDH

Plesiochronous Digital Hierarchy

PLL

Phase Lock Loop

QAM

Quadrature Amplitude Modulation

RF

Radio Frequency

RIEP

Recapitulary

RPT

Repeater

RS

Reed Solomon

Rx

Reception

S/I

Sensitivity/Interference

SLIC

Subscriber Line Circuit

SRAL

Low capacity Siemens Radio Access


© 2006 Siemens AG


SW

Software

TCM

Trellis Code Modulation

TCP/IP

Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol

TMN

Telecommunications Management Network

TRIB

Tributary

TS

Service telephone

Tx

Transmission

UHF

Ultra High Frequency

URG

Urgent

VCO

Voltage Controlled Oscillator


2-7


2-8
IMC 0031METD


3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

3.1 SRAL XD system

In this Training Manual is described the SRAL XD system operating at 7 GHz, 8 GHz, 13 GHz, 15 GHz, 18 GHz, 23 GHz, 26 GHz, 28 GHz and 38 GHz with the plug-in IDU only with the fol-lowing traffic capacity:

� 2×E1

� 4×E1

� 8×E1

� 16×E1

� 32xE1

� 1xE3 + 1WST

� 4xEthernet Interfaces (10/100 BaseT) + 8xE1

The 2 Mbit/s capacity, having the channel arrangement like the one of 2x2 Mbit/s capacity, is derived from 2x2 Mbit/s option.

3.2 System building

Fig. 3.1 shows the SRAL XD (with 16xE1 IDU) equipment block diagram while Fig. 3.3 shows the SRAL XD (with 32xE1 IDU) equipment block diagram, Fig. 3.3 shows the SRAL XD (with 1xE3 IDU) equipment block diagram, Fig. 3.4 shows the SRAL XD (with the 4 Ethernet + 8xE1 IDU) equipment block diagram.

The equipment has been realized by physically subdividing it into two assemblies: one for out-door installation (ODU) and one for indoor installation (IDU).

This subdivision allows:

� the RF losses, due to the interconnection between ODU and the antenna, to be minimized

� a common IDU, for all the applications to be realized.

According to the configurations, one or two ODUs can be equipped.

The connection between IDU and ODU is made through a single coaxial cable.

It is possible to use antennas with diameter dependently of the hop lenght to be realized.

The ODU is available in two versions:


3-1


3-2

� Normal Density (ND) able to perform traditional channel arrangements 2/4/8/16xE1/1xE3 in 3.5/7/14/28/28 MHz via 4 CPM modulation format.

� High Density/High Performance (HD/HP) able to perform both High Density arrange-ments (8/16xE1/1xE3 in 7/14/14 MHz), via 16 TCM modulation format, and Normal Density arrangements (2/4/8/16xE1/1xE3 in 3.5/7/14/28/28 MHz), via 4 QAM modulation format. Normal Density arrangement performed by ODU HD/HP is named High Performance since it provides improved system gain in comparison to ODU ND.

� High Density enhanced (HDe) able to perform both High Density arrangements (8/16xE1/32xE1 in 7/14/28 MHz), via 16 TCM modulation format, and Normal Density ar-rangements (4/8/16xE1 in 7/14/28 MHz), via 4 QAM modulation format.

3.3 System configurations

For the SRAL XD equipment the configurations (system types) are provided as listed in the fol-lowing table.

Tab. 3.1 System configurations for SRAL XD equipment

1) Configurations not available for 1xE3 capacity and 4xLan+8xE1 capacity.

3.4 Network Topologies

Possible topologies of the “SRAL XD” equipment are shown in UMN Manual.

3.5 IDU-ODU Interconnection

The interconnection between the IDU (with 16x2 BB unit) and the ODU (Fig. 3.5 to Fig. 3.14) consists of only one two-way line transporting one composite signal comprising the 51.84 Mbit/s IDU-ODU stream and of the ODU power supply voltage.

System type Denomination Ref. Note

1+0 1+0 single terminal Fig. 3.5

2×(1+0)A/D-RPT

2×(1+0) dual terminal or Add/Drop repeater with 2 antennas

Fig. 3.6 and Fig. 3.7 1

1+1 PD1+1 FD1+1 H/S

1+1 single terminal system with 1 antenna Fig. 3.11, Fig. 3.10, Fig. 3.12 and Fig. 3.13

1+1 PD, FD 1+1 single terminal system with 2 antennas Fig. 3.8 and Fig. 3.9


© 2006 Siemens AG


The interconnection between the IDU (with 32x2 BB unit) and the ODU consists of only one two-way line transporting one composite signal comprising the 155.520 Mbit/s IDU-ODU stream and of the ODU power supply voltage.

3.5.1 51.84 Mbit/s or 155.520 Mbit/s signal

With regard to the transmission/reception of the 51.84 or 155.520 Mbit/s stream, the IDU-ODU link consists of an active hybrid.

The active hybrid on the transmission path allows to forward the 51.84 or 155.520 Mbit/s stream to the output i.e., either towards the ODU or towards the IDU. Afterwards, by means of the properly connected operational amplifiers the cited signal will be suppressed on the receive side (i.e., towards the unit proper).

The signal that has been received from the ODU (or from the IDU) is sent to the Receive Cir-cuits via the active hybrid.

A 128 kbit/s auxiliary channel is present on the 51.84 or 155.520 Mbit/s stream connecting the IDU and the ODU. The channel also transports all the data necessary for the equipment to ope-rate properly (alarms, data channel, etc.).

3.5.2 ODU Power Supply

The IDU-ODU interconnection cable also transports the auxiliary DC voltage, required to power the ODU, which is supplied by the corresponding BB 16xE1/32xE1/1xE3 unit of the IDU. In this unit are also present the soft-start circuits, the current limitation circuit and the generation of the open cable alarm or short-circuited cable alarm.

3.6 Supporting frame

3.6.1 1+0 supporting frame

The 1+0 supporting frame (Fig. 3.15) consists of a mechanical structure, and relevant wavegui-de accessories, suitable for pole or wall mounting of the Outdoor Unit in 1+0 configuration.

From an electrical point of view the frame is a passive device (i.e. waveguide section) that pro-vides interconnection between its two ports with negligible insertion loss.

The 1+0 supporting frame is used (quantity: 2) also in 1+1 and 2x(1+0) configurations with 2 antennas.


3-3


3-4

3.6.2 1+1 Supporting frame for frequency diversity

The 1+1 supporting frame from frequency diversity (Fig. 3.16) consists of a mechanical struc-ture, and relevant waveguide accessories, suitable for pole or wall mounting of the Outdoor Unit in 1+1 Frequency Diversity configuration.

The two ODU parts are interconnected to the antenna port through a circulator. Both the ODU’s transmit at the same time, delivering the signal on two RF channels at different frequecies on the same polarisation.

3.6.3 1+1 Supporting frame for Hot stand-by with integrated antenna

The 1+1 supporting frame for Hot Stand-by (Fig. 3.17) consists of a mechanical structure, and relevant waveguide accessories, suitable for pole or wall mounting of the Outdoor Unit in 1+1 HSBY (Hot Stand-by) unbalanced or balanced configuration.

From an electrical point of view the 1+1 frame is a balanced or unbalanced coupler. The signal incoming from the antenna port is split unbalanced-wise the two ODU’s.

3.6.4 1+1 Supporting frame for Hot stand-by with independent antenna

The 1+1 supporting frame for Hot Stand-by (Fig. 3.18) consists of a mechanical structure, and relevant waveguide accessories, suitable for pole or wall mounting of the Outdoor Unit in 1+1 HSBY (Hot Stand-by) unbalanced or balanced configuration.

From an electrical point of view the 1+1 frame is a balanced or unbalanced coupler. The signal incoming from the antenna port is split unbalanced-wise the two ODU’s.


© 2006 Siemens AG


Fig. 3.1 SRAL XD equipment block diagram (with 16xE1 IDU)

ODU

F Interface

IDU Basic functions:

• System interfacing to external world• Baseband digital signal processing• IDU-ODU cable interface

management (from/to ODU)• Supervision and

configuration/management of the equipment

• Equipment’s power supply management

Control and supervision signals and channels

ODU Basic functions:

• IDU-ODU cable interface management• Modulation of baseband digital signal

(from IDU)• Demodulation of the received RF signal

(to IDU)• Supervision and

configuration/management of the ODU• Management of comm. channel from/to

IDU CONTROLLER• RSSI Interface (Received Signal

Strength Indication) to measure the RF received signal

V-LAN Interface

Q-LAN Interface

ALM Interface

E1 Interfaces

USER-1 Interface

USER-2 Interface

PS Interface

Tributary and services signals (payload)

IDU

IDU-ODUinterconnection(coaxial cable)

IDU-CABLEinterface

ODU-CABLEinterface

RSSIinterface ANTENNA

interfaceRF

interface

Integrated antenna V-BUS(*) Interface

(*) This interface is available with Controller (P/N 634-001/74) only


3-5


3-6


ODU

F Interface






Control and su-pervision signals andchannels


• IDU-ODU cable interface management

• Modulation of baseband digital signal (from IDU)

• Demodulation of the received RF signal (to IDU)

• Supervision and configuration/management of the ODU

• Management of comm. channel from/to IDU CONTROLLER

• RSSI Interface (Received Signal Strength Indication) to measure the RF received signal

V-LAN Interface

Q-LAN Interface

ALM Interface

E1 Interfaces

USER-1 Interface

USER-2 InterfacePS Interface


IDU


IDU-CABLEinterface

ODU-CABLEinterface


interfaceRF

interface

Integrated antenna V-BUS Interface

32


© 2006 Siemens AG



ODU

F Interface


• System interfacing to external world

• Baseband digital signal processing

• IDU-ODU cable interface management (from/to ODU)

• Supervision and configuration/management of the equipment

• Equipment’s power supply

Control and supervision signals and channels

V-LAN Interface

Q-LAN Interface

ALM Interface

E3 Interface

USER-1 Interface

USER-2 Interface

PS Interface


IDU


IDU-CABLEinterface

ODU-CABLEinterface


interfaceRF

interface

Integrated antennaV-BUS Interface

WST Interface


• IDU-ODU cable interface management• Modulation of baseband digital signal (from

IDU)• Demodulation of the received RF signal (to

IDU)• Supervision and configuration/management

of the ODU• Management of comm. channel from/to IDU

CONTROLLER• RSSI Interface (Received Signal Strength

Indication) to measure the RF received signal


3-7


3-8

Fig. 3.4 SRAL XD equipment block diagram (with ETH IDU)

ODU

F Interface






Control and su-pervision signals and chan-nels


• IDU-ODU cable interface management

• Modulation of baseband digital signal (from IDU)

• Demodulation of the received RF signal (to IDU)

• Supervision and configuration/management of the ODU

• Management of comm. channel from/to IDU CONTROLLER

• RSSI Interface (Received Signal Strength Indication) to measure the

V-LAN Interface

Q-LAN Interface

ALM Interface

E1 Interfaces

USER-1 Interface

USER-2 InterfacePS Interface


IDU


IDU-CABLEinterface


interfaceRF

interface

Integrated antenna V-BUS Interface

ETH Interfaces4

8

ODU-CABLEinterface


© 2006 Siemens AG


Fig. 3.5 1+0 system with 1 integrated antenna (Terminal)

Rx1

Tx1

ALMs USER/Dext USER/Dext

Tx5

Rx5

Tx9

Rx9

Tx13

Rx13

I 0

SRAL XD

M

C

J

Q-LAN

s V-LAN

LCT / S

' W T

N

M T

E

ODU CABLE

/

C

A

H D

O

U

C

B

L

H

B

C

'

PS

ODU CABLE ODU CABLE

CAUTION

Vbattery

H

A

C C

B

H

L

B

C

U

O

D '

PS

' T

S

E

T

W

M

/

N

J

C

/

M

SRAL XD s Q-LAN V-LAN

LCT USER/Dext USER/Dext ALMs

Tx

V-BUS

Rx

34 Mb/s

Tx Rx

2 Mb/s WST

PWR- 48V

-

STATUSLINE

TELµ ÄII

_II

_LCT

4 WIRE + E&M______________________

EOWV . 1 1 L I N E 1

I EXP2 I

PWR- 48V

-

STATUSLINE

TELµ ÄII

_II

_LCT

4 WIRE + E&M______________________


I EXP2 I

16xE1 / 32xE1 / ETH IDU

1xE3 IDU

OR

External EOW(OPTIONAL)


3-9


3-10

Fig. 3.6 1+0 system with 1 independent antenna (Terminal)

Rx1

Tx1


Tx5

Rx5

Tx9

Rx9

Tx13

Rx13

I 0

SRAL XD

Q-LAN

s V-LAN

LCT

PS

ODU CABLE H

A

C C

B

H

L

B

C

U

O

D '

PS

' T

S

E

T

W

M

/

N

J

C

/

M



Tx

V-BUS

Rx

34 Mb/s

Tx Rx

2 Mb/s WST

PWR- 48V

-

STATUSLINE

TELµ ÄII

_II

_LCT

4 WIRE + E&M______________________


I EXP2 I

PWR- 48V

-

STATUSLINE

TELµ ÄII

_II

_LCT

4 WIRE + E&M______________________


I EXP2 I

1xE3 IDU

OR




© 2006 Siemens AG


Fig. 3.7 2x(1+0) dual terminal system, Repeater A/D with 2 integrated antennas

Rx1

Tx1


Tx5

Rx5

Tx9

Rx9

Tx13

Rx13

I 0

SRAL XD

M

C

J

Q-LAN

s V-LAN

LCT / S

' W T

N M T

E /

C

A

H D O

U

C B

L

H

B

C

'

PS

ODU CABLE C

A

H

C

B

L

H

B

C

D

O

U '

PS

ODU CABLE

PWR- 48V

-

STATUSLINE

TELµ ÄII

_II

_LCT

4 WIRE + E&M______________________


I EXP2 I

16xE1 IDU



3-11


3-12

Fig. 3.8 2x(1+0) dual terminal system, Repeater A/D with 2 independent antennas

Rx1

Tx1


Tx5

Rx5

Tx9

Rx9

Tx13

Rx13

I 0

SRAL XD

M

C

J

Q-LAN

s V-LAN

LCT / S

' W T

N M T

E /

C

A

H D O

U

C B

L

H

B

C

'

PS

ODU CABLE C

A

H

C

B

L

H

B

C

D

O

U '

PS

ODU CABLE

PWR- 48V

-

STATUSLINE

TELµ ÄII

_II

_LCT

4 WIRE + E&M______________________


I EXP2 I

16xE1 IDU



© 2006 Siemens AG


Fig. 3.9 1+1 FD, PD system with 2 integrated antennas (Terminal)

Rx1

Tx1


Tx5

Rx5

Tx9

Rx9

Tx13

Rx13

I 0

SRAL XD

Q-LAN

s V-LAN

LCT

PS

ODU CABLE H

A

C C

B

H

L

B

C

U

O

D '

PS

' T

S

E

T

W

M

/

N

J

C

/

M



Tx

V-BUS

Rx

34 Mb/s

Tx Rx

2 Mb/s WST

PWR- 48V

+ -

STATUSLINE

I N STELµ 'Ä

II

_II

_LCT

______

4 WIRE + E&M______________________EXP1

EOW

V . 1 1 L I N E 2

V . 1 1 L I N E 1

I EXP2 I

PWR- 48V

+ -

STATUSLINE

I N STELµ 'Ä

II

_II

_LCT

______

4 WIRE + E&M______________________EXP1

EOW

V . 1 1 L I N E 2

V . 1 1 L I N E 1

I EXP2 I

1xE3 IDU

OR




3-13


3-14

Fig. 3.10 1+1 FD, PD system with 2 independent antennas (Terminal)

Rx1

Tx1


Tx5

Rx5

Tx9

Rx9

Tx13

Rx13

I 0

SRAL XD

Q-LAN

s V-LAN

LCT

PS

ODU CABLE H

A

C C

B

H

L

B

C

U

O

D '

PS

' T

S

E

T

W

M

/

N

J

C

/

M



Tx

V-BUS

Rx

34 Mb/s

Tx Rx

2 Mb/s WST

PWR- 48V

+ -

STATUSLINE

I N STELµ 'Ä

II

_II

_LCT

______

4 WIRE + E&M______________________EXP1

EOW

V . 1 1 L I N E 2

V . 1 1 L I N E 1

I EXP2 I

PWR- 48V

+ -

STATUSLINE

I N STELµ 'Ä

II

_II

_LCT

______

4 WIRE + E&M______________________EXP1

EOW

V . 1 1 L I N E 2

V . 1 1 L I N E 1

I EXP2 I

1xE3 IDU

OR




© 2006 Siemens AG


Fig. 3.11 1+1 PD system with 1 independent antenna (Terminal)

Rx1

Tx1


Tx5

Rx5

Tx9

Rx9

Tx13

Rx13

I 0

SRAL XD

Q-LAN

s V-LAN

LCT

PS

ODU CABLE H

A

C C

B

H

L

B

C

U

O

D '

PS

' T

S

E

T

W

M

/

N

J

C

/

M



Tx

V-BUS

Rx

34 Mb/s

Tx Rx

2 Mb/s WST

PWR- 48V

+ -

STATUSLINE

I N STELµ 'Ä

II

_II

_LCT

______

4 WIRE + E&M______________________EXP1

EOW

V . 1 1 L I N E 2

V . 1 1 L I N E 1

I EXP2 I

PWR- 48V

+ -

STATUSLINE

I N STELµ 'Ä

II

_II

_LCT

______

4 WIRE + E&M______________________EXP1

EOW

V . 1 1 L I N E 2

V . 1 1 L I N E 1

I EXP2 I

1xE3 IDU

OR




3-15


3-16

Fig. 3.12 SRAL XD - 7/8 GHz: 1+1 H/S, FD system with 1 independent antenna (Terminal)

Rx1

Tx1


Tx5

Rx5

Tx9

Rx9

Tx13

Rx13

I 0

SRAL XD

Q-LAN

s V-LAN

LCT

PS

ODU CABLE H

A

C C

B

H

L

B

C

U

O

D '

PS

' T

S

E

T

W

M

/

N

J

C

/

M



Tx

V-BUS

Rx

34 Mb/s

Tx Rx

2 Mb/s WST

PWR- 48V

+ -

STATUSLINE

I N STELµ 'Ä

II

_II

_LCT

______

4 WIRE + E&M______________________EXP1

EOW

V . 1 1 L I N E 2

V . 1 1 L I N E 1

I EXP2 I

PWR- 48V

+ -

STATUSLINE

I N STELµ 'Ä

II

_II

_LCT

______

4 WIRE + E&M______________________EXP1

EOW

V . 1 1 L I N E 2

V . 1 1 L I N E 1

I EXP2 I

1xE3 IDU

OR




© 2006 Siemens AG


Fig. 3.13 SRAL XD - 13-38 GHz: 1+1 H/S system with 1 integrated antenna (Terminal)

Rx1

Tx1


Tx5

Rx5

Tx9

Rx9

Tx13

Rx13

I 0

SRAL XD

Q-LAN

s V-LAN

LCT

PS

ODU CABLE H

A

C C

B

H

L

B

C

U

O

D '

PS

' T

S

E

T

W

M

/

N

J

C

/

M



Tx

V-BUS

Rx

34 Mb/s

Tx Rx

2 Mb/s WST

PWR- 48V

+ -

STATUSLINE

I N STELµ 'Ä

II

_II

_LCT

______

4 WIRE + E&M______________________EXP1

EOW

V . 1 1 L I N E 2

V . 1 1 L I N E 1

I EXP2 I

PWR- 48V

+ -

STATUSLINE

I N STELµ 'Ä

II

_II

_LCT

______

4 WIRE + E&M______________________EXP1

EOW

V . 1 1 L I N E 2

V . 1 1 L I N E 1

I EXP2 I

1xE3 IDU

OR




3-17


3-18

Fig. 3.14 SRAL XD - 13-38 GHz: 1+1 H/S system with 1 independent antenna (Terminal)

Rx1

Tx1


Tx5

Rx5

Tx9

Rx9

Tx13

Rx13

I 0

SRAL XD

Q-LAN

s V-LAN

LCT

PS

ODU CABLE H

A

C C

B

H

L

B

C

U

O

D '

PS

' T

S

E

T

W

M

/

N

J

C

/

M



Tx

V-BUS

Rx

34 Mb/s

Tx Rx

2 Mb/s WST

PWR- 48V

+ -

STATUSLINE

I N STELµ 'Ä

II

_II

_LCT

______

4 WIRE + E&M______________________EXP1

EOW

V . 1 1 L I N E 2

V . 1 1 L I N E 1

I EXP2 I

PWR- 48V

+ -

STATUSLINE

I N STELµ 'Ä

II

_II

_LCT

______

4 WIRE + E&M______________________EXP1

EOW

V . 1 1 L I N E 2

V . 1 1 L I N E 1

I EXP2 I

1xE3 IDU

OR




© 2006 Siemens AG


Fig. 3.15 1+0 supporting frame

ODUWaveguide Frame

B A

1+0 supporting frame

Code Freq.Band(GHz)

Freq.Range(GHz)

W.G.Type

Port AFlange

type

Port BFlange

type

534-108/69 7 7.1 - 7.9 WR112 R84 UDR84 PDR84

534-108/69 8 7.7 - 8.5 WR112 R84 UDR84 PDR84

534-108/71 13 12.75-13.25 WR 75 R120 UBR120 PBR120

534-108/72 15 14.4 - 15.35 WR62 R140 UBR140 PBR140

534-108/73 18 17.7 - 19.7 WR42 R220 UBR220 PBR220

534-108/73 23 21.2 - 23.6 WR42 R220 UBR220 PBR220

534-108/73 26 24.5 - 26.5 WR42 R220 UBR220 PBR220

534-108/74 28 27.5 - 29.5 WR28 R320 UBR320 PBR320

534-108/74 38 37.5 - 39.5 WR28 R320 UBR320 PBR320


3-19


3-20

Fig. 3.16 1+1 supporting frame for frequency diversity

1+1 supporting frame for frequency diversity

Code Freq.Band(GHz)

Freq.Range(GHz)

Guide typePort AFlange

type

Port B, CFlange

type

InsertionLoss(dB)

Isolation (dB)

534-108/80 7 7.1 - 7.9 WR112 R84 UDR84 PDR84< 0.3 > 20

< 0.2 > 26

534-108/81 8 7.7 - 8.5 WR112 R84 UDR84 PDR84< 0.3 > 20

< 0.2 > 26

ODU

Circulator Frame

C

A

ODUB


© 2006 Siemens AG


Fig. 3.17 1+1 Supporting frame for Hot stand-by

1+1 Supporting frame for Hot stand-by with integrated antenna

Code Freq.Band(GHz)

Freq.Range(GHz)

Couplertype


type

Port B,CFlange

type

Coupling(dB)

Insertionloss(dB)

534-120/07 7 7.1-7.9 unbal. WR112 R84 UDR84 PDR84 < 11 < 1534-120/17 7 7.1-7.9 bal. WR112 R84 UDR84 PDR84 < 3.3 -534-120/07 8 7.7-8.5 unbal. WR112 R84 UDR84 PDR84 < 11 < 1534-120/17 8 7.7-8.5 bal. WR112 R84 UDR84 PDR84 < 3.3 -534-120/09 13 12.75-13.25 unbal. WR75 R120 UBR120 PBR120 < 11 < 1.2534-120/19 13 12.75-13.25 bal. WR75 R120 UBR120 PBR120 < 3.3 -534-120/01 15 14.4-15.35 unbal. WR62 R140 UBR140 UBR140 < 11 < 1.3534-120/11 15 14.4-15.35 bal. WR62 R140 UBR140 UBR140 < 3.3 -534-120/02 18 17.7-19.7 unbal. WR42 R220 UBR220 UBR220 < 11 < 1.3534-120/12 18 17.7-19.7 bal. WR42 R220 UBR220 UBR220 < 3.3 -534-120/03 23 21.2-23.6 unbal. WR42 R220 UBR220 UBR220 < 11 < 1.3534-120/13 23 21.2-23.6 bal. WR42 R220 UBR220 UBR220 < 3.3 -534-120/04 26 24.5-26.5 unbal. WR28 R320 UBR320 UBR320 < 11 < 1.3534-120/14 26 24.5-26.5 bal. WR28 R320 UBR320 UBR320 < 3.3 -534-120/05 28 27.5-29.5 unbal. WR28 R320 UBR320 UBR320 < 11 < 1.5534-120/15 28 27.5-29.5 bal. WR28 R320 UBR320 UBR320 < 3.3 -534-120/06 38 37.5-39.5 unbal. WR28 R320 UBR320 UBR320 < 11 < 1.5534-120/16 38 37.5-39.5 bal. WR28 R320 UBR320 UBR320 < 3.3 -

ODU

Coupler Frame

C

A

ODUB


3-21


3-22

Fig. 3.18 1+1 Supporting frame for Hot stand-by

1+1 Supporting frame for Hot stand-by with independent antenna

Code Freq.Band(GHz)

Freq.Range(GHz)

Couplertype


type

Port B,CFlange

type

Coupling(dB)

Insertionloss(dB)

534-108/82or

534-121/077 7.1-7.9 unbal. WR112 R84 UDR84 PDR84

8.5-11.5

< 11

< 1

< 1.2534-121/17 7 7.1-7.9 bal. WR112 R84 UDR84 PDR84 < 3.3 -534-108/83

or534-121/07

8 7.7-8.5 unbal. WR112 R84 UDR84 PDR848.5-11.5

< 11

< 1

< 1.2534-121/17 8 7.7-8.5 bal. WR112 R84 UDR84 PDR84 < 3.3 -534-108/85

or534-121/09

13 12.75-13.25 unbal. WR75 R120 UBR120 PBR1208.5-11.5

< 11

< 1

< 1.4534-121/19 13 12.75-13.25 bal. WR75 R120 UBR120 PBR120 < 3.3 -534-121/01 15 14.4-15.35 unbal. WR62 R140 UBR140 UBR140 < 11 < 1.5534-121/11 15 14.4-15.35 bal. WR62 R140 UBR140 UBR140 < 3.3 -534-121/02 18 17.7-19.7 unbal. WR42 R220 UBR220 UBR220 < 11 < 1.5534-121/12 18 17.7-19.7 bal. WR42 R220 UBR220 UBR220 < 3.3 -534-121/03 23 21.2-23.6 unbal. WR42 R220 UBR220 UBR220 < 11 < 1.5534-121/13 23 21.2-23.6 bal. WR42 R220 UBR220 UBR220 < 3.3 -534-121/04 26 24.5-26.5 unbal. WR28 R320 UBR320 UBR320 < 11 < 1.5534-121/14 26 24.5-26.5 bal. WR28 R320 UBR320 UBR320 < 3.3 -534-121/05 28 27.5-29.5 unbal. WR28 R320 UBR320 UBR320 < 11 < 1.7534-121/15 28 27.5-29.5 bal. WR28 R320 UBR320 UBR320 < 3.3 -534-121/06 38 37.5-39.5 unbal. WR28 R320 UBR320 UBR320 < 11 < 1.7534-121/16 38 37.5-39.5 bal. WR28 R320 UBR320 UBR320 < 3.3 -

ODU

Coupler Frame

C

A

ODUB


© 2006 Siemens AG


4 PHYSICAL INTERFACES

Refer to Fig. 4.1 for the 16xE1 IDU unit, refer to Fig. 4.3 for the 32xE1 IDU, refer to Fig. 4.4 1xE3 IDU and refer to Fig. 4.5 for the ETH IDU.

4.1 Power supply

The IDU makes available, at the outside, a redundant input line for the connection of the power supply batteries to the equipment.

4.2 E1 Tributary signals

� IDU 16xE1The IDU makes available at the outside (on the front panel of the 16xE1 IDU) 8 or 16 I/O lines for the 2 Mbit/s tributaries as per G.703, with 75 Ohm unbalanced or 120 Ohm balan-ced interface.

� IDU 32xE1The IDU makes available at the outside (on the front panel of the 32xE1 IDU) 32 I/O lines for the 2 Mbit/s tributaries as per G.703, with 75 Ohm unbalanced or 120 Ohm balanced interface.

4.3 Ethernet (10/100 baseT) tributary signals

The IDU makes available at the outside (on the front panel of the ETH IDU) 4 LAN Ports Ether-net (10/100 baseT).

4.4 E3 tributary signal

The IDU makes available at the outside (on the front panel of the 1xE3 IDU) one I/O line for the 34 Mbit/s tributary as per G.703, with 75 Ohm unbalanced interface.

4.5 WST signal

The IDU makes available at the outside (on the front panel of the 1xE3 IDU) one I/O line for the 2 Mbit/s WST as per G.703, with 75 Ohm unbalanced interface to user defined application.


4-1


4-2

4.6 User channel

The IDU makes available, at the outside, a 64 kbit/s synchronous data channel (V.11) (on the front panel of the 16xE1/32xE1/ETH or 1xE3 IDUs) for applications defined by the user (examp-le the use of “External EOW”).

The SRAL XD system only executes a point-to-point channel carrying and it is absolutely trans-parent to the channel contents.

The user channel can be configured in two different modes:

� Contradirectional: clock associated with the input data stream originated by BB unit and it is delivered to an external equipment

� Co-directional: clock associated with the input data stream originated by an external equip-ment and delivered to BB unit.

The user channel configuration is an action controlled through software, carried out by the Con-troller unit.

4.7 Alarm and remote control external lines

The IDU is provided with an alarm interface delivering to the outside some signal lines asso-ciated with the two main functions:

� transparent carrying, through the radio link, of up to 4 alarm/command lines delivered to the outside (e.g., alarm of open door, smoke alarm, switching commands, etc.)

� sending of 7 output alarms relevant to the equipment status.

4.8 Monitoring of received RF power on the ODU

The ODU has a monitoring point by which it is possible to measure the received radio signal field.

4.9 Supervision interfaces

The following “logical” interfaces are available in order to allow complete networking among dif-ferent NEs of “SRAL XD” family:


© 2006 Siemens AG


� “F” interfaceThe “F” interface is used to allow “SRAL XD” <--> LCT connection, i.e. the connection among the “SRAL XD” type NE and the PC, which can be locally connected to the equip-ment in order to perform supervision and configuration of the local node. An example of “F” interface usage is shown in Fig. 4.5.

� “R” interfaceThe “R” interface is used to allow “SRAL XD” <--> SRAL XD” when the NEs are not located in the same station and are the terminals of one radio link (i. e., only radio connection is available among the NEs). The “R” interface is internal to the equipment, and is not acces-sible to the user. An example of “R” interface usage is shown in Fig. 4.5

� “V-BUS” interface (with P/N 634-001/74 Controller only)The IDU makes available a 128 kbit/s data bus with burst mode (HDLC frame) to connect the Controller unit to other Controller units belonging to other equipment installed in the same station.

� “V-LAN” interfaceThe “V-LAN” interface is used to allow “SRAL XD” <--> “SRAL XD”/”SRAL XD” networking for supervision purposes, when the NEs are placed in the same location and they are not terminals of the same radio link (i. e. only cable connection is available among the NEs). Examples of “V-LAN” interface usage are shown in Fig. 4.5.

� “Q-LAN” interfaceThe “Q-LAN” interface:

� is used to allow “SRAL XD” <--> “SRAL XD”/”SRAL XD” networking for supervision purposes, when the NEs are placed in the same location and they are not terminals of the same radio link (i. e. only cable connection is available among the NEs) and “V-LAN” interface is not available (i.e., “Q-LAN” and “V-LAN” permit daisy chaining of the TMN supervision channel);

� is used to allow “SRAL XD” <--> TMN Operation Support System OSS direct connec-tion for supervision purposes.

Examples of “Q-LAN” interface usage are shown in Fig. 4.5.

The “F” interface can also be used to extend a SRAL network with SRAL XD NEas shown in station C in Fig. 4.5.

If the V-BUS interface is used in the 32xE1/1xE3/ETH IDU, the V-LAN interfacewill be not available.


4-3


4-4

� “D” interfaceThe “D” interface is used to connect two NEs, which belong to disjoined radio networks. An example of “D” interface usage is shown in Fig. 4.5. The “D” interface is internal to the equipment, and is not accessible to the user.

The “D” channel of “SRAL XD” equipment is transmitted using a 64 kbit/s slot selected among those of E1 tributary number #1 or transmitted in alternative to the 64 kbit/s user channel.


© 2006 Siemens AG


Fig. 4.1 IDU physical interfaces (16xE1 IDU)

PS1 PS2 (optional)

USER1 USER2 E1

V-LAN Q-LAN F ALM IDU-CABLE (optional)

IDU-CABLE

V-BUS (*)

Power supply BUS Control BUS Signal BUS

TRIButary(TRIB)

Section

SystemCONTROLLER(CONTROL)

Section

Base-Bandno. 1

(BB1)Section

Base-Bandno. 2

(BB1)Section

(Optional)

IDU’s Interfaces

(*) This interface is available with Controller (P/N 634-001/74) only(**) This interface can be used for “External EOW” connection in 1+0 / 1+1 / A/D /2+0 IDU configurations(***) This interface can be used for “External EOW” connection in 2+0 IDU configuration only

(**) (***)


4-5


4-6


PS1 PS2 (optional)

USER1 USER2 E1


IDU-CABLE

V-BUS (*)


TRIButary(TRIB)

Section


Section

Base-Bandno. 1

(BB1)Section

Base-Bandno. 2

(BB1)Section

(Optional)

IDU’s Interfaces

(*) This interface can be used for “External EOW” connection in 1+0 / 1+1 IDU configurations

(*)


© 2006 Siemens AG



PS1 PS2 (optional)

USER1 USER2 E3


IDU-CABLE WST

V-BUS


TRIButary(TRIB)Section


Section

Base-Bandno. 1

(BB1)Section

Base-Bandno. 2

(BB1)Section

(Optional)

IDU’s Interfaces(*)



4-7


4-8

Fig. 4.4 IDU physical interfaces ( ETH IDU)


TRIButary(TRIB)Section


Section

Base-Bandno. 1

(BB1)Section

Base-Bandno. 2

(BB1)Section

IDU’s Interfaces

(*)



© 2006 Siemens AG


Fig. 4.5 Network supervision

"SRAL XD" NE

NE

SITE "A"

V-LANinterfaces

SITE "B"

"R" channel

LineTerminal

"D"interface

SITE "C"

V-LANInterfaces

"D" interface

SITE "D"

"F" interface

"R" interface

SITE "E"

TMN OSS

"Q-LAN" interface

CableConnection

Q-LAN interfaces

"R" interface

"R" channel

"SRAL XD"

"SRAL XD" NE

"SRAL XD" NE

"SRAL XD" NE

"SRAL XD" NE

"SRAL XD" NE

"SRAL XD" NE

LineTerminal

"SRAL XD" NE

“SRA L”NE

“F”interface


4-9


4-10
IMC 0031METD


5 CONFIGURATIONS

5.1 16xE1 IDU

The equipment configuration can be:

(*) Configurations not available for 1xE3 capacity and 4xLAN + 8xE1 capacity.

The single terminal configuration 1+0 needs only one 16xE1 BB unit and the corresponding ODU.

All the other configurations need two 16xE1 BB units and two corresponding ODUs.

The 1+1 H/S configuration is realised with one antenna (see Fig. 5.3).

The A/D-RPT configuration allows up to a 100% of the add/drop capacity up to 8x2 Mbit/s and up to 50% of the add-drop capacity for 16×2 Mbit/s.

5.2 32xE1 IDU





� single terminal 1+0: see Fig. 5.1

� dual terminal 2×(1+0) (*): see Fig. 5.2

� terminal with Hot-standby protection 1+1 H/S: see Fig. 5.3

� terminal with frequency-diversity or polarization-diversity protection

(with one or two antennas) 1+1 FD/PD: see Fig. 5.4. The Figure shows the 1+1/PD configuration only.

� repeater with tributary Add/Drop A/D-RPT(*): see Fig. 5.5



� terminal with frequency-diversity or polarization-diversity protection (with one or

� two antennas) 1+1 FD/PD: see Fig. 5.8. The Figure shows the 1+1/PD configuration only.


5-1


5-2

5.3 1xE3 IDU





5.4 ETH IDU ( 4xLAN + 8xE1)





5.5 Licence fee

The actually available configurations depend on the enabled licence fee.

The individual licence fee configuration data of any system is stored and retrieved from a dedi-cated memory key to be inserted in the IDU.

"Payload Type", "System Type" and "Channel Spacing" parameters are subjected to licence fee.



� terminal with frequency-diversity or polarization-diversity

protection (with one or two antennas) 1+1 FD/PD: see Fig. 5.11. The Figure shows the 1+1/PDconfiguration only.



� terminal with frequency-diversity or polarization-diversity protection (with one or

� two antennas) 1+1 FD/PD: see Fig. 5.14. The Figure shows the 1+1/PD configuration only.


© 2006 Siemens AG


5.6 Configuration summary

The next table shows all the configurations and system types.

(*) The traffic capacity of the 2x(1+0) is up to 8xE1.

(**) The overall on air capacity is shared between E1 and Ethernet traffic according to the configuration parameters.

Tab. 5.1 Configuration summary

2xE

1

4xE

1

8xE

1

16xE

1

32xE

1

1xE

3

4xE

TH

1+0

1+1

HS

BY

1+1

FD

2x(1

+0)(

*)

AD

Rep

No

rmal

D

ensi

ty

Hig

h

Den

sity

HD

e

IDU

Plu

g-in

Not protected Terminal E1 (16xE1)

√ √ √ √ √ √ √ √

Protected Terminal E1 (16xE1)

√ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √

Not protected Terminal E1 (32xE1)

√ √ √

Protected Terminal E1 (32xE1)

√ √ √ √

Not protected Terminal E3

√ √ √ √ √

Protected Terminal E3

√ √ √ √ √ √

Not protected Terminal ETH (**)

√ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √

Protected Terminal ETH (**)

√ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √


5-3


5-4

Fig. 5.1 SRAL XD equipment: single terminal 1+0 configuration

Rx

Tx

DEM

MOD

Cable INT.

CABLE INT.

BB TRIB. 16xE1

TRIB. 2 Mbit/s (E1)

ALARM INT.

CONTROLLER INT. F

ODU IDU

INT. V INT. Q INT. V-BUS (*)

(**)

USER CHANNEL

(*) This interface is available with Controller (P/N 634-001/74) only(**) This interface can be used for “External EOW” connection


© 2006 Siemens AG


Fig. 5.2 SRAL XD equipment: dual terminal 2×(1+0) configuration

Rx

Tx

DEM

MOD

Cable INT.

CABLE INT.

BB #1

TRIB. 16xE1

USER CHANNEL

CH1(**)

ALARM INT.

CONTROLLER INT. F

CABLE INT.

BB #2

ODU IDU

Rx

Tx

DEM

MOD

Cable INT.

ODU

INT. V INT. Q

TRIB. 2 Mbit/s

E1 USER

CHANNEL CH2 (**)

INT. V-BUS (*)

(*) This interface is available with Controller (P/N 634-001/74) only(**) These interfaces can be used for “External EOW” connection


5-5


5-6

Fig. 5.3 SRAL XD equipment: single terminal 1+1 H/S configuration (one antenna)

Rx

Tx

DEM

MOD

Cable INT.

CABLE INT.

BB #1

TRIB. 16xE1

CONTROLLER INT. V

INT. F

ODU IDU

TRIB. 2 Mbit/s

Rx

Tx

DEM

MOD

Cable INT.

CABLE INT.

BB #2

ODU

USER CHANNEL

USER CHANNEL CH1 (**)

INT. Q

ALARM INT. INT. V-BUS(*)



© 2006 Siemens AG


Fig. 5.4 SRAL XD equipment: single terminal 1+1 PD configuration (one antenna)

Rx

Tx

DEM

MOD

Cable INT.

CABLE INT.

BB #1

TRIB. 16xE1

ODU IDU

TRIB. 2 Mbit/s

Rx

Tx

DEM

MOD

Cable INT.

CABLE INT.

BB #2

ODU

USER CHANNEL

USER CHANNEL CH.1 (**)

ALARM INT.

CONTROLLER INT. V

INT. F

INT. Q

INT. V-BUS(*)



5-7


5-8

Fig. 5.5 SRAL XD equipment: Repeater with tributary Add/Drop (A/D-RPT) configuration

Rx

Tx

DEM

MOD

Cable INT.

CABLE INT.

BB #1 TRIB.

16xE1

INT. F

CABLE INT.

BB #2

ODU IDU

Rx

Tx

DEM

MOD

Cable INT.

ODU

USER CHANNEL

CH1(**)

ALARM INT.

TRIB. 2 Mbit/s E1

CONTROLLER

INT. V INT. Q INT. V-BUS (*)



© 2006 Siemens AG



Rx

Tx

DEM

MOD

Cable INT.

CABLE INT.

BB TRIB. 32xE1

TRIB. 2 Mbit/s (E1)

USER CHANNEL

ALARM INT.

CONTROLLER INT. F

ODU IDU

INT. V INT. Q INT. V-BUS

(*) This interface can be used for “External EOW” connection

(*)


5-9


5-10


Rx

Tx

DEM

MOD

Cable INT.

CABLE INT.

BB #1

TRIB. 32xE1

CONTROLLER INT. V

INT. F

ODU IDU

TRIB. 2 Mbit/s

Rx

Tx

DEM

MOD

Cable INT.

CABLE INT.

BB #2

ODU

USER CHANNEL

USER CHANNEL CH1

INT. Q

ALARM INT. INT. V-BUS


(*)


© 2006 Siemens AG



Rx

Tx

DEM

MOD

Cable INT.

CABLE INT.

BB #1

TRIB. 32xE1

ODU IDU

TRIB. 2 Mbit/s

Rx

Tx

DEM

MOD

Cable INT.

CABLE INT.

BB #2

ODU

USER CHANNEL

USER CHANNEL CH.1

ALARM INT.

CONTROLLER INT. V

INT. F

INT. Q

INT. V-BUS

(*)



5-11


5-12


Rx

Tx

DEM

MOD INT.

CABLE

INT. BB TRIB.

1xE3 TRIB.

34 Mbit/s (E3)

USER CHANNEL (*)

INT. ALARM

INT. F

ODU IDU

INT. Q

2 Mbit/s (WST)

CABLE

CONTROLLER

INT. V INT. V-BUS



© 2006 Siemens AG



Rx

Tx

DEM

MOD INT.

BB #1

TRIB. 1xE3

CONTROLLER INT. V

INT. F

ODU IDU

TRIB. 34 Mbit/s

Rx

Tx

DEM

MOD

BB #2

ODU

CH1 USER CHANNEL (*)

INT. Q INT.

ALARM

2 Mb/s WST

WST

CABLE INT.

CABLE

CHANNEL

USER CHANNEL

INT. CABLE

INT. CABLE

INT. V-BUS



5-13


5-14


Rx

Tx

DEM

MOD

BB #1

ODU IDU

TRIB. 34 Mbit/s

Rx

Tx

DEM

MOD

BB #2

ODU

TRIB. 1xE3

WST

INT.

CONTROLLER

CH1 USER CHANNEL (*)

INT. ALARM

2 Mb/s WST

CABLE INT.

CABLE

CHANNEL

USER CHANNEL

INT. CABLE

INT. CABLE

INT. V

INT. F

INT. Q

INT. V-BUS



© 2006 Siemens AG




Rx

Tx

DEM

MOD

Cable INT.

CABLE INT.

16x2 BB

DATA INTERFACE UNIT

ETH LAN Port 10/100 baseT

USER CHANNEL

ALARM INT.

CONTROLLER INT. F

ODU IDU

INT. V INT. Q INT. V-BUS

4

8 E1 Tributary

E1 cross- connection

E1 Ports

FilteringVLAN tagging

Forwarding

E1 Framer/deframer

& mapper/

demapper

(*)


5-15


5-16


Rx

Tx

DEM

MOD

Cable INT.

CABLE INT. #1

CONTROLLER INT. V

INT. F

ODU IDU

Rx

Tx

DEM

MOD

Cable INT.

CABLE INT. #2

ODU

USER CHANNEL

USER CHANNEL CH1

INT. Q

ALARM INT.

INT. V-BUS

DATA INTERFACE UNIT


4

8 E1 Tributary

E1 cross-

connection

E1 Ports

E1 Framer/deframer

& mapper/ demapper

16x2 BB

16x2 BB

FilteringVLAN taggingForwarding


(*)


© 2006 Siemens AG




Rx

Tx

DEM

MOD

Cable INT.

CABLE INT.

16x2 BB

#1

ODU IDU

Rx

Tx

DEM

MOD

Cable INT.

CABLE INT. #2

ODU

USER CHANNEL CH.1

CONTROLLER INT. V

INT. F

INT. Q

INT. V-BUS USER CHANNEL

ALARM INT.

DATA INTERFACE UNIT

4

8 E1 Tributary

E1 cross-

connection

E1 Ports

E1 Framer/deframer

& mapper/ demapper

16x2 BB


FilteringVLAN taggingForwarding

(*)


5-17


5-18
IMC 0031METD


6 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION

6.1 IDU ARCHITECTURE

6.1.1 IDU (16xE1)

Fig. 6.1 reports the block diagram of the IDU.

The basic version (1+0) of the IDU consists of:

� a 16xE1 Tributary unit (75 Ohm unbal. or 120 Ohm bal.), that represents the physical ac-cess of the equipment for the 2 Mbit/s (E1) Tributary streams of the public network

� a Controller unit that includes all the control and supervisory functions.

� a BB 16xE1 (16×2 Mbit/s) unit, that includes all the base band processing, cable protection and IDU-ODU auxiliary service channel management

The 16xE1 Tributary unit also includes all the alarm and remote commands interfacing to/from the remote terminal.

All the other configurations of the IDU (2×(1+0), A/D-RPT, (1+1) FD, PD and H/S) are obtained by duplicating only the BB 16xE1 unit.

The IDU is provided with an EEPROM memory fitted on the Controller unit and of a KEY to insert onto the Tributary unit containing all the configuration parameters.

6.2 2 Mbit/s (16xE1) Tributary Unit

The 16x2 Mbit/s Tributary unit (16xE1) consists of 2 sub-units connected together through a flat cable.

With regard to the 16xE1 tributary unit 75 ohm (coax) the following are the sub-units:

� common unit

� E1 interface unit (75 ohm)

With regard to the 16xE1tributary unit 120 ohm the following are the sub-units:

� common unit

� E1 interface unit E1 (120 ohm)

The unit carries out the following functions:

� impedance matching of the 2 Mbit/s I/O tributaries


6-1


6-2

� input tributary branching towards the two BB units should the equipment have been set to the protected configuration.

The unit therefore consists of all the circuitry required to produce a non-Hitless switching between the two aggregate signals when the equipment has been set to the protected configuration. In this manner the BB 16xE1 card is protected against failure.

� Cross-connection at 2 Mbit/s (E1) levelIn this manner each 2 Mbit/s E1 port accessing the unit can be switched over to any 2 Mbit/s E1 port exiting the unit situated on the remote terminal.

The "Cross-connector" functional block consists of a matrix through which it is possible to:

� connect several 2 Mbit/s streams (inputting the 16xE1 Tributary unit) to both of the 16xE1 Base Band units;

� let several 2 Mbit/s streams transit from one 16xE1 Base Band card over to another.

In this manner the "Drop-Insert" function has been realised; therefore the cited matrix shall be implemented in the manner described should the equipment be configured as 2(1+0) Add-Drop Repeater.

� Service channels interfacing (USER/Dext)

� Management of the system alarms and of the remote control signals

The front panel of the 16xE1 Tributary unit is provided with a power supply switch for the switching ON and OFF of the whole SRAL XD equipment.

6.3 BB (16xE1) Unit


� regenerate the 2 Mbit/s input tributary signals in compliance with Rec. G.703 and HDB3 -> NRZ convert the associated code

� monitor the incoming 2 Mbit/s streams

� generation of the aggregate frame and multiplexing of the input tributary signals into one 51.84 Mbit/s stream

� scrambler and aggregate signal encoding

� generation of a 128 kbit/s auxiliary service channel for the transmission of data channels, alarms etc., between the IDU and the ODU that will be inserted into the 51.84 Mbit/s stream

� generation of the switching command for the Tx non hitless switch situated on the BB 16xE1 unit should the equipment be set to the protected configuration.

� automatic level control on the signal incoming from the ODU.


© 2006 Siemens AG


The unit also comprises of:

� all the circuitry necessary to carry out the hitless switching function between the two ag-gregate signals when the equipment has been set to the protected configuration.

� all the circuitry necessary to realise the "Line driver" function in order to send and receive the following signals from the ODU via only 1 coaxial cable:

� 51.84 Mbit/s stream

� power supply voltage for the ODU

The unit also contains the DC/DC converters for its own power supply.

6.4 Controller unit

The Controller unit implements a system controller, that is capable of managing all the system configurations. The main functions are:

� collection of alarms and working parameters from the system units (IDU and ODU); trans-mission of this information to a local PC and to a network supervision system

� activation of system commands coming from a local PC or from a network supervision sys-tem (status forcing, modification of equipment parameters, etc.)

� storage on a Memory key of the system configurations and on EEPROMs the inventory / user data and alarms history.

� routing of messages among controllers and the network supervision system manager

� electrical and protocol translation between the radio environment (which uses a proprietary protocol channel, embedded in the radio frame, to transport management information) and the supervision system (which requests that this information is available on a public con-nector, with a standard protocol).

6.5 IDU (32xE1)



� a 32xE1 Tributary unit (75 Ohm unbal. or 120 Ohm bal.), that represents the physical ac-cess of the equipment for the 2 Mbit/s (E1) Tributary streams of the public network




6-3


6-4


All the other configurations of the IDU ((1+1) FD, PD and H/S) are obtained by duplicating only the BB 32xE1 unit.


6.5.1 2 Mbit/s (32xE1) Tributary Unit


� 32xE1 external tributary interfaces (public interface) are available on the 32xE1 board front panel. They carry 32xE1 tributary signals. E1 interface is compliant with ITU-T G.703 re-commendation. The impedance is both 120 ohm and 75 ohm, with a unique hardware ver-sion using four mini RJ21 connectors. The different impedances are provided via different cabling on the same connector. Each E1 uses six pins (three for Tx signals and 3 for Rx signals: in each direction a pin is used for both impedances and the other two pins are mu-tually exclusive).

� Physical interface management, which is in charge of auxiliary channels (User/D exter-nal/Alarms) interfacing. Concerning 32xE1 management, a clock recovery function of input tributaries is available. Each tributary can be enabled or disabled. When a tributary is disabled, an AIS signal is transmitted at output port. When a tributary is enabled, hardware provides fault monitoring associated to each tributary, including AIS IN, LOS, Code error and AIS OUT detection. An interface towards the control section for configuration setting and alarm reporting are provided. For test and maintenance purposes, local loopback are available on each tributary signal, to verify interface and cabling integrity. Lightening pro-tection is provided. For test and maintenance, Access Board allows local and remote loop-back for each tributary signal.

� Cross connect function allows to cross-connect up to 32xE1 signals. Each local E1 input port can be switched to any E1 tributary output port, at the other side of the link. Cross con-nect E1 configuration is set by using of suitable software commands, issued via LCT or EMS.

� E1 tributary path protection is used only in Ring system type and it allows selecting the E1 signal between the two received signals according to the proper selection criteria. Only in (1+1) system types, E1 HW protection criteria is used to select the whole set of extracted E1 signals between the E1 signals received from the first or the second baseband unit. Both path and HW protection use the same selector block, but with different selector logic criteria. Path protection uses AIS criteria; HW protection uses only Baseband HW failure criteria, and it forces all E1 switches to select signals coming from the same Baseband board.


© 2006 Siemens AG


� A Stuffing/ destuffing mechanism is present for each tributary signal, in order to multiplex them into an aggregate signal.

� Multiplexing of 32xE1 tributary signals (after the stuffing block) into an aggregate frame al-lows backplane connection. De-multiplexing of the same signals implemented in the oppo-site direction on the aggregate received from BaseBand boards.The overall functionalities associated to the access board are described in the following picture.

� Some other Auxiliary functions are available. A SEEP (i.e a Serial EEPROM) for remote inventory (PID) is provided to record Factory Inventory data, and user data associated to Access board. This board holds the memory key receptacle, in order to allow memory key insertion and usage, and provide communication between Memory key interface and con-troller. Parallel Alarm connector allows collecting local Station alarms, to provide Remote Station controls and to provide summarized alarms associated to the local Radio Unit. In-terfacing toward the controller board, using internal communication channels. A mechani-cal ON/OFF locking lever switch for power supply control is provided.

6.5.2 BB (32xE1) Unit


� A part of "Baseband" management. BaseBand board multiplexes net payload, service channel (64 kbit/s channel) and a TMN channel in order to build up the digital radio frame (aggregate signal) to be transmitted through the radio link. De-multiplexing of the same si-gnals, in Rx side. The radio frame is completely generated by Baseband. The multiplexed signal is FEC coded (Tx side) and Decoded (Rx side) for error correction purposes. FEC analysis of received signal is supported to allow hitless switch in protected system types and a proper CRC code is used for performance monitoring of the radio link. Signal is then Interleaved (Tx side) and de-interleaved (Rx side). Finally signal is scrambled (Tx side) to allow better RF spectrum shaping and de-scrambled (Rx side). FEC, Interleaver and Scrambler blocks can be enabled or disabled (by-passed) through a proper configuration setting.

� Baseband board supports Protection logic and switch controls, in order to manage protec-ted 'System Types'. In particular for FD system types, a Hitless protection mechanism has been implemented, with delay compensation between the two RF channels. Compensati-on circuitry can compensate delays up to 16 bit (static portion) plus 16 bit (dynamic porti-on). Finally interfacing toward the control section for configuration setting and alarm repor-ting is required. The output of the Baseband management is the radio frame, i.e. the aggregate frame transmitted on the radio interface. The overall functionalities associated to baseband board processing are described in the following picture.

� "Cable interface" management : IDU-ODU interface. The 32xE1 BB supports only the 155.520 Mbit/s interface.


6-5


6-6

� "Power supply" block is in charge of equipment interfacing to external power supply (surge protection, EMI filtering), equipment internal power lines conditioning (soft-start, etc.) and -48 V power distribution to DC/DC converters and towards ODU. Tertiary sources genera-tion and tertiary sources' distribution (unit power sources) is foreseen. A battery redundan-cy scheme is provided. "Power supply" block provides IDU-ODU cable interface conditio-ning including Power supply signal switch off when short circuit or open circuit is detected. Detection and management of alarms related to equipment power supply system and in-terfacing toward the control section for alarm collection is provided.

6.5.3 Controller unit







6.6 IDU (1xE3)



� a 1xE3 Tributary unit (75 Ohm unbal.), that represents the physical access of the equip-ment for the 34 Mbit/s (E3) Tributary streams of the public network


� a BB 1xE3 (1×34 Mbit/s) unit, that includes all the base band processing, cable protection IDU-ODU and 2Mbit/s WST and auxiliary service channel management



© 2006 Siemens AG


All the other configurations of the IDU ( (1+1) FD, PD and H/S) are obtained by duplicating only the BB 1xE3 unit.


6.6.1 34 Mbit/s (1xE3) Tributary Unit + 2 Mbit/s WST

The 34 Mbit/s Tributary unit (1xE3) consists of 2 sub-units connected together through a flat cable.

With regard to the 1xE3 tributary unit 75 ohm (coax) the following are the sub-units:

� common unit

� E3 interface unit (75 ohm)


� impedance matching of the 34 Mbit/s I/O tributary and the 2 Mbit/s I/O signal.

� input tributary and 2 Mbit/s WST signal branching towards the two BB units should the equipment have been set to the protected configuration.

The unit therefore consists of all the circuitry required to produce a non-Hitless switching between the two aggregate signals when the equipment has been set to the protected configuration. In this manner the BB 1xE3 card is protected against failure.



The front panel of the 1xE3 Tributary unit is provided with a power supply switch for the switching ON and OFF of the whole SRAL XD equipment.

6.6.2 BB (1xE3) Unit


� regenerate the 34 Mbit/s input tributary signal in compliance with Rec. G.703 and HDB3 -> NRZ convert the associated code

� generation of the aggregate frame into one 51.84 Mbit/s stream




6-7


6-8









6.7 Controller unit







6.8 IDU (ETH)



� a Data Interface Unit, that represents the physical access of the equipment for 4 LAN PORTS (10/100 BaseT) and 8x2 Mbit/s (E1) Tributary streams of the public network



© 2006 Siemens AG




All the other configurations of the IDU (1+1) FD/PD and H/S) are obtained by duplicating only the BB 16xE1 unit.


6.8.1 4xLAN (10/100BaseT) + 8x2 Mbit/s (8xE1) Tributary Unit (DATA INTERFACE UNIT)

The Data Interface Unit (or Ethernet tributary unit) carries out the following functions:

� up to 8 E1-ports (2 Mbit/s I/O signal).

� up to 4 Ethernet 10/100 baseT Half/Full duplex.



The front panel of the Ethernet Tributary unit is provided with a power supply switch for the switching ON and OFF of the whole SRAL XD equipment.

6.8.1.1 Data interface unit description

A block diagram of the Data Interface Unit is shown in Fig. 6.7.

A) LAN ports and Trunk port

LAN Port Configuration

The following configurations are available for each one of the four LAN ports:

� Enabling – to enable/disable a port (enabling a LAN port means setting it in forwarding mo-de); default values = enabled for LAN1, disabled for LAN2, LAN3 and LAN4 ports. When the port is disabled the associated alarms are masked (i.e. forced to normal state) and the frames received from or directed to the port are discarded.

� Auto-negotiation – to enable/disable the auto-negotiation of the port Bit rate and Duplex mode (other parameters are not subject to auto-negotiation); default value = enabled.

� Bit rate – to select the bit rate between the two possible values: 10 Mbit/s and 100 Mbit/s.This configuration is available only if auto-negotiation is disabled; default = 10 Mbit/s.


6-9


6-10

� Duplex mode – to select the half duplex working mode or the full duplex one. This configu-ration is available only if auto-negotiation is disabled; default = half duplex.

� Tx/Rx crossover – to select the transmit/receive scheme of SRAL XD: Auto / LAN card / Switch; default = Auto. The first option allows the LAN port to automatically configure its transmit/receive scheme in order to proper interwork with the remote appliance connected to it, not depending on the cable used to connect them. For troubleshooting reason it is pos-sible to select “LAN card” and therefore LAN port will behave like a LAN card, thus it will expect to be connected with a 1:1 direct cable to a Switch (or via a cross-cable to a LAN Card). “Switch” setting will behave like a Switch port.

� Long cable – to enable the use of a LAN cable longer than 100 m. This configuration is meaningful only when the bit rate is equal to 10 Mbit/s; default = disabled.

Trunk Port Configuration

The Trunk port state cannot be changed (always enabled).

All the other working modes are preset according to hardware design.

B) Filtering, VLAN tagging and forwarding

Filtering

Source MAC addresses received from the different ports (Trunk and LAN) are stored, along with the corresponding port the frame was received from. This data-base, called MAC DB in the following, is used both for filtering and for selective forwarding purposes.

Each frame containing a destination address written in the MAC DB is filtered (discarded) if the destination address is associated to the same port the frame entered the switch.

Also frames received from a disabled port or that should exit the switch from a disabled port shall be discarded. Entries are stored in the MAC DB for a given time amount (aging time), then they are deleted. Each time a frame is received, if the source MAC address matches one of the entries, the residual survival time of that entry is reset to the configured aging time. If it doesn’t match any of the entries, it is added to the database.

A command to reset the MAC DB is available.

Aging time can be configurable in the range 16...4080 s (4080 s = 68 min), with 16 second resolution; default value = 896 s (about 15 min).

It is possible to disable the MAC DB updating (no more entries will be added and no entries will be deleted) in debug mode only.


© 2006 Siemens AG


Forwarding modes

Ethernet frames may contain some optional fields. VLAN tag field (see Fig. 6.8) is one of these optional fields and it may used by Ethernet bridges to selectively forward frames.

Common Ethernet frames (without additional fields) have a length included in the range between 64 and 1518 octets. If a VLAN tag is present, maximum length rises to 1522 octets.

Ethernet frames with a length up to 1536 bytes shall be supported on LAN ports. This allows to support some proprietary frames used by particular appliances.

Four different behaviours are foreseen for the bridge contained in the SRAL XD Data Interface access unit.

They are briefly explained hereafter.

1. Normal bridging – fully connected LAN ports

Frames are forwarded only taking into account the destination MAC address. The presence or absence of a VLAN tag does not affect the behaviour of the bridge.

LAN ports are fully connected, i.e. frames entering the appliance from one of the LAN ports can be transmitted on all the other ports (LAN and Trunk), without any restriction.

An uplink frame (a frame entered from a LAN port) will be:

� discarded, if filtering rule is fulfilled;

� forwarded towards one LAN port only, if the destination MAC address matches one of the MAC addresses stored in the MAC DB and the entry port is a LAN port different from the one stored in the MAC DB;

� forwarded towards the Trunk port only, if the destination MAC address matches one of the MAC addresses stored in the MAC DB and the corresponding port in the MAC DB is the Trunk port;

� flooded toward the Trunk port and all the other enabled LAN ports, if the destination MAC address is unknown.

A downlink frame (a frame entered from the Trunk port) will be:

� discarded if filtering rule is fulfilled;

� forwarded towards one LAN port only in case the destination MAC address matches one of the stored MAC addresses;

� flooded towards all the enabled LAN ports in other cases.


6-11


6-12

2. Normal bridging – isolated LAN ports

Frames are forwarded only taking into account the destination MAC address. The presence or absence of a VLAN tag does not affect the behaviour of the bridge.

LAN ports are isolated, i.e. frames entering the appliance from one of the LAN ports can be transmitted only towards the Trunk port and not toward one of the other LAN ports.

An uplink frame will be:

� discarded if the destination MAC address matches one of the MAC addresses contained in the MAC DB and the corresponding port in the MAC DB is one of the LAN ports;

� forwarded toward the Trunk port in other cases.

Downlink frames are managed as in Normal bridging – fully connected LAN ports mode.

3. VLAN bridging – selective VLAN forwarding

Only frames containing a VLAN tag containing some VLAN ID values when entering the appliance are allowed to pass through it.

User can configure up to 64 different VLAN identifiers and the corresponding LAN ports belonging to each VLAN; Trunk port must always belong to all the configured VLANs (this is set by embedded software without user configuration).

Each received frame will be discarded if:

� filtering rule is fulfilled;

� it does not contain a VLAN tag;

� it contains a VLAN ID not matching the list of VLAN IDs associated to the ingress port;

� if the destination MAC address is written in the MAC DB and the associated port does not belong to the VLAN.

Each received frame, containing a VLAN ID matching one of the values contained in the VLAN table, will be forwarded to:

� only one of the other ports belonging to the VLAN if the destination MAC address is written in the MAC DB and the associated port belongs to the VLAN;

� all the other ports belonging to the VLAN if the destination MAC address is unknown.

4. VLAN bridging – uplink VLAN tagging & replacing

A VLAN ID is associated to each LAN port. If a frame without a VLAN tag enters the switch from a LAN port it undergoes a VLAN tag insertion; if a frame containing a VLAN tag enters the switch from a LAN port it undergoes a VLAN ID replacement. Frames entering the switch from the Trunk port must contain a VLAN tag, otherwise they will be discarded.


© 2006 Siemens AG


Frames are internally forwarded according to the same rules explained for the VLAN bridging – selective VLAN forwarding mode (the aforementioned VLAN table shall be automatically filled in with the VLAN ID values assigned to the LAN ports, this is done by embedded software).

VLAN tag is removed from Ethernet frames exiting from LAN ports, whereas frames exiting from Trunk port keep their VLAN tag.

Using this forwarding mode on both sides of the link provides a more secure transport than the Normal bridging – isolated LAN ports mode because traffic in both directions is always restricted to only configured ports (isolated LAN ports forwarding mode floods downlink traffic to all ports when destination MAC address is not present in the MAC DB).

6.8.1.2 BB (16xE1) Unit


� regenerate the 2 Mbit/s input tributary signals in compliance with Rec. G.703 and HDB3 -> NRZ convert the associated code

� monitor the incoming 2 Mbit/s streams

� generation of the aggregate frame and multiplexing of the input tributary signals into one 51.84 Mbit/s stream












6-13


6-14

6.8.1.3 Controller unit







6.9 IDU composition

The plug-in IDU (P/N 732-101/61 for 16xE1/1xE3/ETH IDU; P/N 732-101/62 for 32xE1 IDU) consists of a wired sub-rack (P/N 628-586/26), where all the plug-in units are housed.

The sub-rack is delivered with two types of brackets to allow to be secured to 19" or ETSI racks.

6.9.1 IDU 16xE1

The IDU subrack is available in 12 versions:

No. 6 versions are equipped with Controller unit P/N 634-001/73 (see Tab. 6.1 and Tab. 6.9)

� 732-101/61A - 1+0 - 16 x E1 - 75/120 ohm (Sub-D)

� 732-101/61B - 1+0 - 16 x E1 - 75 ohm (coax)

� 732-101/61N - 1+0 - 16 x E1 - 120 ohm (LEMO multicontact)

� 732-101/61C - 1+1 - 16 x E1 - 75/120 ohm (Sub-D)

� 732-101/61D - 1+1 - 16 x E1 - 75 ohm (coax)

� 732-101/61P - 1+1 - 16 x E1 - 120 ohm (LEMO multicontact)

No. 6 versions are equipped with Controller unit P/N 634-001/74 (see Tab. 6.2 and Tab. 6.9)

� 732-101/61R - 1+0 - 16 x E1 - 75/120 ohm (Sub-D)

� 732-101/61T - 1+0 - 16 x E1 - 75 ohm (coax)


© 2006 Siemens AG


� 732-101/61W - 1+0 - 16 x E1 - 120 ohm (LEMO multicontact)

� 732-101/61S - 1+1 - 16 x E1 - 75/120 ohm (Sub-D)

� 732-101/61V - 1+1 - 16 x E1 - 75 ohm (coax)

� 732-101/61Z - 1+1 - 16 x E1 - 120 ohm (LEMO multicontact)

a) This unit is equipped to implement the 2x(1+0), Add/Drop Repeater and 1+1 Hot standby/FD/PD configurations.

Tab. 6.1 Plug-in 16xE1 IDU composition P/N 732-101/61 (Controller unit P/N 634-001/73 equipped)

Denomination P/N 732-101/xx

/61A1+0

16xE1 75/120 ohm

(Sub-D)

/61B1+0

16xE1 75 ohm

coax

/61N1+0

16xE1120 ohm

(LEMO)

/61C1+1

16xE1 75/120 ohm

(Sub-D)

/61D1+1

16xE1 75 ohm

coax

/61P1+1

16xE1120 ohm

(LEMO)

A Subrack 628-586/26 1 1 1 1 1 1

B1 16xE1 tributary (Coax.)

612-404/37 - 1 - - 1 -

B2 16xE1 tributary (Sub-D)

612-404/38 1 - - 1 - -

B3 16xE1 tributary (LEMO)

612-404/39 - - 1 - - 1

C Controller unit 634-001/73 1 1 1 1 1 1

D 16xE1 base band 612-314/39 1 1 1 1 1 1

Ea 16xE1 base band 612-314/39 - - - 1 1 1

Cover 333-309/80 1 1 1 - - -

H Memory key with licence fee

b 1 1 1 1 1 1


6-15


6-16

b) For the available keys refer to par. 2.3.13.5 and par. 2.3.13.6 of the UMN manual.

6.9.2 IDU 1xE3

The IDU subrack is available in 2 versions (see Tab. 6.3 and Tab. 6.10):

� 732-101/61E - 1+0 - 1 x E3 - 75 ohm (coax)

� 732-101/61F - 1+1 - 1 x E3 - 75 ohm (coax)

Tab. 6.2 Plug-in 16xE1 IDU composition P/N 732-101/61 (Controller unit P/N 634-001/74 equipped)


/61R1+0

16xE1 75/120 ohm

(Sub-D)

/61T1+0

16xE1 75 ohm

coax

/61W1+0

16xE1120 ohm

(LEMO)

/61S1+1

16xE1 75/120 ohm

(Sub-D)

/61V1+1

16xE1 75 ohm

coax

/61Z1+1

16xE1120 ohm

(LEMO)

A Subrack 628-586/26 1 1 1 1 1 1

B1 16xE1 tributary (Coax.) 612-404/37 - 1 - - 1 -

B2 16xE1 tributary (Sub-D)

612-404/38 1 - - 1 - -

B3 16xE1 tributary (LEMO)

612-404/39 - - 1 - - 1

C Controller unit 634-001/74 1 1 1 1 1 1

D 16xE1 base band 612-314/39 1 1 1 1 1 1

Ea 16xE1 base band 612-314/39 - - - 1 1 1

Cover 333-309/80 1 1 1 - - -

H Memory key with licence fee

b 1 1 1 1 1 1


© 2006 Siemens AG


a) This unit is equipped to implement the 1+1 Hot standby/FD/PD configurations.

b) For the available keys refer to par. 2.3.13.5 and par. 2.3.13.6 of the UMN Manual.

6.9.3 IDU ETH

The IDU subrack is available in 2 versions (see Tab. 6.4 and Tab. 6.11):

� 732-101/61L - 1+0 - ETH (4 x LAN + 8xE1 coax 75 ohm)

� 732-101/61M - 1+1 - ETH (4 x LAN + 8xE1 coax 75 ohm)

Tab. 6.3 Plug-in 1xE3 IDU composition P/N 732-101/61


/61E1+0

1xE3 75 ohm

coax

/61F1+1

1xE3 75 ohm

coax

A Subrack 628-586/26 1 1

B 1xE3 tributary (Coax.) 612-404/40 1 1

C Controller unit 634-001/74 1 1

D 1xE3 base band 612-314/40 1 1

Ea 1xE3 base band 612-314/40 - 1

Cover 333-309/80 1 -

H Memory key with licence fee b 1 1


6-17


6-18

a)This unit is equipped to implement the 1+1 Hot standby/FD/PD configurations.

b)For the available keys refer to par. 2.3.13.5 and par. 2.3.13.6.

Tab. 6.4 Plug-in ETH IDU composition P/N 732-101/61


/61L1+0 ETH

/61M1+1 ETH

A Subrack 628-586/26 1 1

B Ethernet tributary 612-404/41 1 1

C Controller unit 634-001/74 1 1

D 16xE1 base band 612-314/39 1 1

Ea 16xE1 base band 612-314/39 - 1

Cover 333-309/80 1 -

H Memory key with licence fee b 1 1


© 2006 Siemens AG


6.10 IDU 32xE1

The IDU subrack is available in 2 versions (Refer to Tab. 6.5 and Fig. 2.68):

� 732-101/62A - 1+0 - 32xE1 - 75/120 ohm (MiniRj21)

� 732-101/62B - 1+1 - 32xE1 - 75/120 ohm (MiniRj21)

a) This unit is equipped to implement the 1+1 Hot standby/FD/PD configurations.

b) For the available keys refer to par. 2.3.13.5 and par. 2.3.13.6.

32xE1 IDU is managed starting from the SWR 3.7

Tab. 6.5 Plug-in 32xE1 IDU composition P/N 732-101/62

Denomination P/N 732-101/xx/62A 1+0 32xE1 /62B 1+1 32xE1

A Subrack 628-586/26 1 1B 32xE1 tributary 612-404/65 1 1C Controller unit 634-001/74 1 1D 32xE1 base band 612-314/62 1 1Ea 32xE1 base band 612-314/62 - 1

Cover 333-309/80 1 -H Memory key with licence fee b 1 1


6-19


6-20

6.11 LED, MONITORING POINTS, CONNECTORS AND SWITCHES

In this paragraph are reported the operations of all the control and command elements that are present on the front panels of the units making up the equipment.

Fig. 6.13, Fig. 6.14, Fig. 6.15 and Fig. 6.17 and illustrate the front panel of the indoor assembly showing the LEDs, the monitoring points, the connectors and the control elements.

The list and the function of the LEDs are reported in Tab. 6.6

Tab. 6.6 Summary of the front panel LEDs

Unit LED Colour Meaning

BASE BANDUnit

ODUAlarm

RedGeneral ODU alarm: lights up when an alarm is present on the ODU.

CBLAlarm

Yellow

CABLE alarm: lights up when current drain is lower than expected. The causes might be due to the cable either breaking down or being disconnected, or to absence of ODU.

RedCABLE alarm: lights up when current drain is higher than expected. The cause might be due to a short-circuit on the cable or on the ODU.

CH Aa, bGreen

Lights up when the Base Band signal transits in the direct path. Refer to Fig. 6.20, Fig. 6.21, Fig. 6.22, Fig. 6.23 for 1+1 Frequency Diversity configuration and Fig. 6.24, Fig. 6.25, Fig. 6.26, Fig. 6.27 for 1+1 Hot Standby configuration.

YellowLights up when the channel concerned is used with software forcing.

CH Ba, bGreen

Lights up when the Base Band signal transits in the indirect path. Refer to Fig. 6.20, Fig. 6.21, Fig. 6.22, Fig. 6.23 for 1+1 Frequency Diversity configuration and Fig. 6.24, Fig. 6.25, Fig. 6.26, Fig. 6.27 for 1+1 Hot Standby configuration.

YellowLights up when the channel concerned is used with software forcing.

∆' RedGeneral alarm inside the unit: Card Fail alarm. It lights up also when there are no internal power supply voltages.


© 2006 Siemens AG


a) a) In 1+1 configuration there are in total 4 LEDs: two LEDs (CH A and CH B) on the BB unit 1 and two LEDs (CH A and CH B) on the BB unit 2. Only one of the four LEDs is ON. The LED is ON on the active BB unit.In 1+0 configuration LED CH A is always ON (green) and LED CH B is always OFF.

b) In 1+1 configuration if the BB unit is not active, both LEDs (CH A and CH B) are OFF.In 1+1 hot standby configuration the active BB unit is connected to the active RF Trans-mitter.

c) On the RJ-45 connector of Q-LAN and V-LAN interfaces are present two LEDs (green): LED1 (on the left of front view) signals the receiving status and LED2 signals the con-nection status of the interface.

CONTROLLERc

Unit∆' Red General alarm inside the unit: Card Fail alarm. It

rights up also when there are no internal power supply voltages.

TEST Yellow Manual operation in progress: the LED lights up when the equipment is not operating according to what configured, but is "forced" into an unusual condition.

CRITICAL/ MAJOR

Red Critical/ Major alarm: if ON it denotes the presence of a Critical/Major" alarm inside the IDU, for which an immediate (Critical) or urgent (Major) corrective action is required.

MINOR / WARNING

Red Minor/ Warning alarm: if ON it denotes the presence of a "Minor/Warning" alarm inside the IDU, for which a corrective action is not urgently required.

TRIBUTARIESunit

PS OK/∆' Green All the power sources of the equipment are OK (after the POWER switch has been switched "on"). The LED will be 'off' when at least one p.s. is NOK.

Red Internal general alarm of the Unit: an alarm is active whose origin is internal to the Unit The LED lights-on in case of missing of each internal power source.

ETHTRIBUTARIES

unit

Right LANport

Green Data presence (ON in case of data presence), Tx and/or Rx side

LeftLANport

Green Link status (ON in case of link presence).

Tab. 6.6 Summary of the front panel LEDs



6-21


6-22

6.12 ODU ARCHITECTURE

The functional block diagram of ODU is given in Fig. 6.28.

6.12.1 BB-I (Base-Band and Cable Interface) Section

The BB-I section is in charge of the following tasks:

� IDU-ODU cable base-band interface management

� ODU power supply interface management

� IDU-ODU low level signals exchange management

� The HDe ODU support both cable itnerfaces (51.84 Mbit/s and 155.520 Mbit/s)

6.12.2 Power Supply Section

The Power Supply section is in charge of the following tasks:

� ODU's interfacing to external power supply (from ODU-CABLE interface)

� Equipment's internal power lines conditioning and power distribution to third level power supply sources.

� Detection and management of alarms related to equipment's power supply system.

6.12.3 Modem Section

In Modem section there is a modulator capable to perform the suitable Modulation.

ODU HD/HP uses a 4 QAM Modem in HP mode and a 16 TCM Modem in HD mode.

ODU ND uses a 4 CPM Modem.

ODU HDe uses a 4 QAM Modem in ND mode and a 16 TCM Modem in HD mode.

6.12.4 Controller Section

The Controller section is in charge of the following tasks:

� Monitoring of ODU alarms and configuration.

� ODU interfacing to IDU CONTROL section.


© 2006 Siemens AG


6.12.5 IF section

The "Intermediate Frequency" section is responsible of the following main tasks:

� up-conversion to IF (Tx IF signal) of the input modulated signal generated by the digital mo-dulator, and delivery of the Tx IF signal to RF section;

� down-conversion to in-phase and in-quadrature components and filtering of the IF signal received from RF section; delivery of down converted signals to the digital demodulator;

� monitoring of the operating conditions of the IF circuits and of the integrity of the internal interfaces, with generation of the associated alarms.

6.12.6 RF Section

The "RF" section is in charge of the following main tasks:

� up-conversion to desired RF frequency of the incoming IF (modulated) signal, output by "IF" section;

� low-noise reception of the RF signal from far end radio transmitter;

� down-conversion to desired IF frequency of the received RF signal from far end radio trans-mitter.

6.12.7 ODU identification

The ODU comprises a hermetic container, arranged for pole fixing, inside which RF modules (depending of the operating range), Modem and power supply modules (common in all RF range) are housed.

Adjustment and composition of ODU RF units depend on the working RF frequency range.

The ODU is available in HD/HP and ND versions:

� HD/HP version:

� P/N 732-241/07 : 7 GHz version (refer to par. 2.3.15.1 of the UMN Manual)








6-23


6-24


� P/N 732-241/38A : 38 GHz Low Power version (refer. to par. 2.3.15 of the UMN Manu-al)

� HDe version:

� P/N 732-241/18E : 18 GHz version (refer to par. 2.3.15.10 of the UMN Manual)

� P/N 732-241/23E : 23 GHz version (refer to par. 2.3.15.11of the UMN Manual)

� P/N 732-241/38E : 38 GHz version (refer to par. 2.3.15.12 of the UMN Manual)

� P/N 732-241/38EA: 38 GHz Low Power version (refer to par. 2.3.15.13 of the UMN Manual)

� ND version:










The ODU identification P/N comprises two field: the first one (11 characters) is the equipment P/N, the second one (3 characters) is the customizing encoding, concerning the RF frequency (operating frequency band within the whole RF range).

6.12.8 “Vertical” polarization application

See Fig. 6.29 and Fig. 6.30.

6.12.9 “Horizontal” polarization application

See Fig. 6.31 and Fig. 6.32.

6.12.10 “Rx field measure” connector

See Fig. 6.33.


© 2006 Siemens AG


Fig. 6.1 16xE1 IDU block diagram

2 Mbit/sG.703 (E1)

1

16

SERVICECHANNELS

ALARMINTERFACE

IDU

16 x E1TRIBUTARY

UNIT

CONTROLLERUNIT

BB 16 x E1UNIT

UNITBB 16 x E1 (*)

FROM/TO ODU

STATIONBATTERY

INT.V

INT.F

(PC)

INT.Q

(*) Not present in 1+0 configuration.INT.

V-BUS(**)(**) Available with the Controller unit

P/N 634-001/74 only


6-25


6-26

Fig. 6.2 Data interface unit block diagram

2 Mbit/sG.703 (E1)

1

32

SERVICECHANNELS

ALARMINTERFACE

IDU

32 x E1TRIBUTARY

UNIT

CONTROLLERUNIT

BB 32 x E1UNIT

UNITBB32 x E1 (*)

FROM/TO ODU

STATIONBATTERY

INT.V

INT.F

(PC)

INT.Q

(*) Not present in 1+0 configuration.INT.

V-BUS


© 2006 Siemens AG


Fig. 6.3 Access Board payload block diagram

Tributaries Selection

Logic

Tributaries Monitoring


Clock Recovery

32xE1

32xE1 External interface

32xE1

Trib. Mngmt. Fault

Monitoring

32xE1 AIS In/LOS

32xE1

Line Decoder

Loopback AIS Insertion

32xE1

1xE1 D embedded

extraction D embedded to Controller

AIS Insertion AIS Detector

32xE1

32xE1 External interface

Loopback 32xE1

Line Coder

32xE1

1xE1 D embedded

Insertion D embedded from Controller

Stuffing Mux

Backplane Interface

Stuffing Mux

DeStuffing DeMux

DeStuffing DeMux

ToBB1

To BB2

From BB1

From BB2 Dejitter

PLL

32xE1

Tributaries Selection

Logic



Backplane Interface

Backplane Interface

Backplane Interface


6-27


6-28

Fig. 6.4 BaseBand Board payload block diagram

Mux demux

Aggregate E1

ATPC

64 Kbit/s

payload

Aux channels

64-256 Kbit/s (R ch)

Radio interface (to/from Cable function-BB board)

Hitless protection signals (to/from BB2)

BB functionality (BB board)

FEC

PM analysis

Scrambler/ descramblerr To/from

Access board

Trail ID management

Trail ID

Split/ Hitless switch

Hitless logic

Cable frame

Phy interf cable

Cable frame

CRC REI-RDI

Alarms from modem section

interleaver / de-interleaver


© 2006 Siemens AG


Fig. 6.5 1xE3 IDU block diagram

INT.V

INT.F

(PC)

INT.Q

34 Mbit/sG.703 (E3)

2 Mbit/s(WST

INT.V-Bus

(*) Not present in 1+0 configuration.

CONTROLLERUNIT

BB 1 x E3UNIT

UNITBB 1 x E3 (*)

FROM/TO ODU

STATIONBATTERY

SERVICECHANNELS

ALARMINTERFACE

IDU

1 x E3TRIBUTARY

UNIT


6-29


6-30

Fig. 6.6 ETH IDU block diagram

DATA INTERFACE UNIT

8 E1 cross- connection

E1 Ports

E1 Framer/deframer

& mapper/

demapper

4 Filtering VLAN tagging

Forwarding

INT.V

INT.F

(PC)

INT.Q

LAN10/100BaseT

INT.V-Bus

(*) Not present in 1+0 configuration.

CONTROLLERUNIT

BB 16 x E1UNIT

UNITBB 16 x E1 (*)

FROM/TO ODU

STATIONBATTERY

SERVICECHANNELS

ALARMINTERFACE

2 Mbit/sG.703 (E1)


© 2006 Siemens AG


Fig. 6.7 Data interface unit block diagram


6-31


6-32

Fig. 6.8 VLAN tag


© 2006 Siemens AG


Fig. 6.9 ODU’s functional block diagram

ODU

ODUCONTROLLER

Section

PowerSupplySection

Base-Bandand cableInterface

(BB-I)Section

MODEMSection

IntermediateFrequency

(IF)

RadioFrequency

(RF)

Duplexer

Signal BUSControl BUSPower supply BUS

RSSI ODU-CABLE Antenna Interface

ODU’s external interfaces


6-33


6-34

Fig. 6.10 Tributary protection general block diagram

TX Section 1

TX Section 2 RX Section 2

RX Section 1

Splitter SwitchSite A Site B


© 2006 Siemens AG


Fig. 6.11 Rx general protection block diagram

A1

B2 A2

B1 Hitless Switch 1

RX switch 1

from RFsection 1

BB 1

Hitless Switch 2

BB 2 RX switch 2

from RFsection 2


6-35


6-36

Fig. 6.12 (1+1) FD Tx section protection block diagram

TX Switch 1

TX Switch 2

BB 1

BB 2

C1

C2

D1

D2

RF Section 1

RF Section 2 Common Accesses

RF TX

RF TX


© 2006 Siemens AG


Fig. 6.13 IDU front panel in (1+1 - 16xE1) configuration

ODU CABLE

CAUTION Vbattery

H A

C C

B H

L B C

U

O D '

PS

' T S E T

W

M

/ N

J

C / M

SRAL XD

Q-LAN V-LAN

LCT

USER/Dext USER/Dext ALMs

Tx1

Rx1 Rx5

Tx5

Rx9

Tx9

Rx13

Tx13

USER/Dext USER/Dext ALMs

2 Mbit/s I/O TRIBUTARIES 1÷8 2 Mbit/s I/O TRIBUTARIES 9Î

I 0

I 0

PS CAUTION Vbattery

ODU CABLE

A H B

L H B

D U '

SIEMENS

' T S E T

W

M

/ N

J

C / M

S R A L X D

Q-LAN V - L A N

LCT

S I E M E N S V - B U S

11210

7 8

13

14 15 16 18 205 3

4 219

IDU ASSEMBLY

17

11

6

1121013

11

11210 1311 14 15 16

18

9

1 - Battery power supply switch 11 - Connector for 64 kbit/s V11 data channel connections System 1

2 - Power supply connector Base Band Unit 1 12 - Connector for 64 kbit/s V11 data channel connections System 2

3 - Power supply connector Base Band Unit 2 13 - Connector for KEY

4 - IDU/ODU connections connector System 1 14 - RJ11 connector for the supervisory Q interface

5 - IDU/ODU connections connector System 2 15 - RJ11 connector for the supervisory V interface

6 - 2 Mbit/s 75 ohm coax connections connector (tributaries 1-16) 16 - SubD 9-pin RS232 connector for the LCT link

7 - 2 Mbit/s 75/120 ohm Sub-D connections connector (tributaries 1-8) 17 - SubD 9-pin V-Bus connector

8 - 2 Mbit/s 75/120 ohm Sub-D connections connector (tributaries 9-16) 18 - Controller unit LEDs

9 - 2 Mbit/s 75 ohm LEMO connections connector (tributaries 1-16) 19 - Base Band unit LEDs System 1

10 - Connector for alarm connections 20 - Base Band unit LEDs System 2


6-37


6-38


ODU CABLE

CAUTION Vbattery

H A

C C

B H

L B C

U

O D '

PS

' T S E T

W

M

/ N

J

C /

M



Tx

PS CAUTION Vbattery

ODU CABLE A H B

L H B

D U '

V-BUS

Rx

34 Mb/s

Tx Rx

2 Mb/s WST

1 - Battery power supply switch 10 - Connector for 64 kbit/s V11 data channel connections System 2

2 - Power supply connector Base Band Unit 1 11 - Connector for KEY

3 - Power supply connector Base Band Unit 2 12 - SubD 9-pin RS232 connector for the V-BUS interface

4 - IDU/ODU connections connector System 1 13 - RJ11 connector for the supervisory Q interface

5 - IDU/ODU connections connector System 2 14 - RJ11 connector for the supervisory V interface

6 - 34 Mbit/s 75 ohm coax connections connectors 15 - SubD 9-pin RS232 connector for the LCT link

7 - 2 Mbit/s (WST) 75 ohm coax connections connectors 16 - Controller unit LEDs

8 - Connector for alarm connections 17 - Base Band unit LEDs System 1

9 - Connector for 64 kbit/s V11 data channel connections System 1 18 - Base Band unit LEDs System 2

11098

6 7

11

13 14 15 16 185 3

4 217

12 IDU ASSEMBLY


© 2006 Siemens AG


Fig. 6.15 IDU front panel in (1+1 - ETH ) configuration

11098

6 7

11

15 17 195 3

4 218

12 IDU ASSEMBLY

16

1 - Battery power supply switch2 - Power supply connector Base Band Unit 13 - Power supply connector Base Band Unit 24 - IDU/ODU connections connector System 15 - IDU/ODU connections connector System 26 - 2 Mbit/s 75 ohm Sub-D connections connector (tributaries 1-8) 7 - ETHERNET LAN PORTS (10/100 BaseT) RJ45 connectors8 - Connector for alarm connections9 - Connector for 64 kbit/s V11 data channel connections System 110 - Connector for 64 kbit/s V11 data channel connections System 211 - Connector for KEY12 - SubD 9-pin RS232 connector for the V-BUS interface13 - RJ11 connector for the supervisory Q interface14 - RJ11 connector for the supervisory V interface15 - SubD 9-pin RS232 connector for the LCT link16 - LAN ports status LEDs17 - Controller unit LEDs18 - Base Band unit LEDs System 119 - Base Band unit LEDs System 2


6-39


6-40


11098

6 7

11

12 13 14 17 195 3

4 218

15 IDU ASSEMBLY

16

1 - Battery power supply switch2 - Power supply connector Base Band Unit 13 - Power supply connector Base Band Unit 24 - IDU/ODU connections connector System 15 - IDU/ODU connections connector System 26 - 2 Mbit/s 75 ohm Sub-D connections connector (tributaries 1-8) 7 - ETHERNET LAN PORTS (10/100 BaseT) RJ45 connectors8 - Connector for alarm connections9 - Connector for 64 kbit/s V11 data channel connections System 110 - Connector for 64 kbit/s V11 data channel connections System 211 - Connector for KEY12 - SubD 9-pin RS232 connector for the V-BUS interface13 - RJ11 connector for the supervisory Q interface14 - RJ11 connector for the supervisory V interface15 - SubD 9-pin RS232 connector for the LCT link16 - LAN ports status LEDs17 - Controller unit LEDs18 - Base Band unit LEDs System 119 - Base Band unit LEDs System 2


© 2006 Siemens AG


Fig. 6.17 Summary of the front panel LEDs

a) In 1+1 configuration there are in total 4 LEDs: two LEDs (CH A and CH B) on the BB unit 1 and two LEDs (CH A and CH B) on the BB unit 2. Only one of the four LEDs is ON. The LED is ON on the active BB unit.In 1+0 configuration LED CH A is always ON (green) and LED CH B is always OFF.

b) In 1+1 configuration if the BB unit is not active, both LEDs (CH A and CH B) are OFF.In 1+1 hot standby configuration the active BB unit is connected to the active RF Transmitter.

c) On the RJ-45 connector of Q-LAN and V-LAN interfaces are present two LEDs (green): LED1 (on the left of front view) signals the receiving status and LED2 signals the connection status of the interface.


BASE BANDUnit

ODUAlarm

Red General ODU alarm: lights up when an alarm is present on the ODU.

CBLAlarm

Yellow CABLE alarm: lights up when current drain is lower than expected. The causes might be due to the cable either breaking down or being disconnected, or to absence of ODU.

Red CABLE alarm: lights up when current drain is higher than expected. The cause might be due to a short-circuit on the cable or on the ODU.

CH Aa, b Green Lights up when the Base Band signal transits in the direct path. Refer to Fig. 6.20, Fig. 6.21, Fig. 6.22, Fig. 6.23 for 1+1 Frequency Diversity configuration and Fig. 6.24, Fig. 6.25, Fig. 6.26, Fig. 6.27 for 1+1 Hot Standby configuration.

Yellow Lights up when the channel concerned is used with software forcing.

CH Ba, b Green Lights up when the Base Band signal transits in the indirect path. Refer to Fig. 6.20, Fig. 6.21, Fig. 6.22, Fig. 6.23 for 1+1 Frequency Diversity configuration and Fig. 6.24, Fig. 6.25, Fig. 6.26, Fig. 6.27 for 1+1 Hot Standby configuration.

Yellow Lights up when the channel concerned is used with software forcing.

∆' Red General alarm inside the unit: Card Fail alarm. It lights up also when there are no internal power supply voltages.

CONTROLLERc

Unit

∆' Red General alarm inside the unit: Card Fail alarm. It rights up also when there are no internal power supply voltages.

TEST Yellow Manual operation in progress: the LED lights up when the equipment is not operating according to what configured, but is "forced" into an unusual condition.

CRITICAL/ MAJOR

Red Critical/ Major alarm: if ON it denotes the presence of a Critical/Major" alarm inside the IDU, for which an immediate (Critical) or urgent (Major) corrective action is required.

MINOR / WARNING

Red Minor/ Warning alarm: if ON it denotes the presence of a "Minor/Warning" alarm inside the IDU, for which a corrective action is not urgently required.

TRIBUTARIESunit

PS OK/∆' Green All the power sources of the equipment are OK (after the POWER switch has been switched "on"). The LED will be 'off' when at least one p.s. is NOK.

Red Internal general alarm of the Unit: an alarm is active whose origin is internal to the Unit The LED lights-on in case of missing of each internal power source.

ETHTRIBUTARIES

unit

Right LANport

Green Data presence (ON in case of data presence), Tx and/or Rx side

LeftLANport

Green Link status (ON in case of link presence).


6-41


6-42

Fig. 6.18 Base Band unit front panel

ODU CABLE

CAUTIONVbattery

HA

C C

BH

LBC

U

OD '

PS

J

C/M

PSCAUTIONVbattery

ODU CABLEAH B

LHB

DU '

1st Base Band unit

2nd Base Band unit

IDU ASSEMBLY


© 2006 Siemens AG


Fig. 6.19 Controller unit front panel

ODU CABLE

CAUTION Vbattery

' T S E T

W

M

/ N

J

C / M

SRAL XD

Q-LAN V-LAN

LCT I 0

CAUTION Vbattery

ODU CABLE

SIEMENS

ODU CABLE

CAUTION Vbattery

' T S E T

W

M

/ N

J

C / M

SRAL XD

Q-LAN V-LAN

LCT I 0

CAUTION Vbattery

ODU CABLE

SIEMENS V-BUS

Controller unitP/N 634-001/73

Controller unitP/N 634-001/74


6-43


6-44

Fig. 6.20 1+1 FD: position of the switches and CH A and CH B LEDs switching on

ODU 1

Services Insert

MUX ScramblerFEC Enc

Interleaver

BB# 1

Cable

Interf.

CableInterf./MOD

Trib.RF TX

EPS Tx

ODU 2

Services Insert


Interleaver

BB# 2

Cable

Interf.

CableInterf./MOD

RF TXEPS Tx

IDU

BB #1 ON

CH A

OFF

CH B

BB #2 OFF

CH A

OFF

CH B

(from ODU 1)

Services

Drop DEMUX

Cable Interf.

Hitless

Switch

Services Drop

DEMUX

Hitless

Switch

De-Interleaver FEC decoder De-Scrambler

IDU

BB# 1

EPS Rx

BB# 2

(from ODU 2)

Cable Interf.


Trib.

EPS Rx

Tx side

Rx side


© 2006 Siemens AG



ODU 1

Services Insert


Interleaver

BB# 1

Cable

Interf.

CableInterf./MOD

Trib.RF TX

EPS Tx

ODU 2

Services Insert


Interleaver

BB# 2

Cable

Interf.

CableInterf./MOD

RF TXEPS Tx

IDU

BB #1 OFF

CH A

ON

CH B

BB #2 OFF

CH A

OFF

CH B

(from ODU 1)

Services

Drop DEMUX

Cable Interf.

Hitless

Switch

Services Drop

DEMUX

Hitless

Switch


IDU

BB# 1

EPS Rx

BB# 2

(from ODU 2)

Cable Interf.


Trib.

EPS Rx

Tx side

Rx side


6-45


6-46


ODU 1

Services Insert


Interleaver

BB# 1

Cable

Interf.

CableInterf./MOD

Trib.RF TX

EPS Tx

ODU 2

Services Insert


Interleaver

BB# 2

Cable

Interf.

CableInterf./MOD

RF TXEPS Tx

IDU

BB #1 OFF

CH A

OFF

CH B

BB #2 ON

CH A

OFF

CH B

(from ODU 1)

Services

Drop DEMUX

Cable Interf.

Hitless

Switch

Services Drop

DEMUX

Hitless

Switch


IDU

BB# 1

EPS Rx

BB# 2

(from ODU 2)

Cable Interf.


Trib.

EPS Rx

Tx side

Rx side


© 2006 Siemens AG



ODU 1

Services Insert


Interleaver

BB# 1

Cable

Interf.

CableInterf./MOD

Trib.RF TX

EPS Tx

ODU 2

Services Insert


Interleaver

BB# 2

Cable

Interf.

CableInterf./MOD

RF TXEPS Tx

IDU

BB #1 OFF

CH A

OFF

CH B

BB #2 OFF

CH A

ON

CH B

(from ODU 1)

Services

Drop DEMUX

Cable Interf.

Hitless

Switch

Services Drop

DEMUX

Hitless

Switch


IDU

BB# 1

EPS Rx

BB# 2

(from ODU 2)

Cable Interf.


Trib.

EPS Rx

Tx side

Rx side


6-47


6-48

Fig. 6.24 1+1 Hot Standby: position of the switches and CH A and CH B LEDs switching on

ODU 1

Services Insert


Interleaver

BB# 1

Cable

Interf.

CableInterf./MOD

Trib.RF TX

EPS Tx

ODU 2

Services Insert


Interleaver

BB# 2

Cable

Interf.

CableInterf./MOD

RF TXEPS Tx

IDU

BB #1 ON

CH A

OFF

CH B

BB #2 OFF

CH A

OFF

CH B

(from ODU 1)

Services

Drop DEMUX

Cable Interf.

Hitless

Switch

Services Drop

DEMUX

Hitless

Switch


IDU

BB# 1

EPS Rx

BB# 2

(from ODU 2)

Cable Interf.


Trib.

EPS Rx

Tx side

Rx side

Fixed

Fixed

CL


© 2006 Siemens AG



ODU 1

Services Insert


Interleaver

BB# 1

Cable

Interf.

CableInterf./MOD

Trib.RF TX

EPS Tx

ODU 2

Services Insert


Interleaver

BB# 2

Cable

Interf.

CableInterf./MOD

RF TXEPS Tx

IDU

BB #1 OFF

CH A

ON

CH B

BB #2 OFF

CH A

OFF

CH B

(from ODU 1)

Services

Drop DEMUX

Cable Interf.

Hitless

Switch

Services Drop

DEMUX

Hitless

Switch


IDU

BB# 1

EPS Rx

BB# 2

(from ODU 2)

Cable Interf.


Trib.

EPS Rx

Tx side

Rx side

Fixed

Fixed

CL


6-49


6-50


ODU 1

Services Insert


Interleaver

BB# 1

Cable

Interf.

CableInterf./MOD

Trib.RF TX

EPS Tx

ODU 2

Services Insert


Interleaver

BB# 2

Cable

Interf.

CableInterf./MOD

RF TXEPS Tx

IDU

BB #1 OFF

CH A

OFF

CH B

BB #2 ON

CH A

OFF

CH B

(from ODU 1)

Services

Drop DEMUX

Cable Interf.

Hitless

Switch

Services Drop

DEMUX

Hitless

Switch


IDU

BB# 1

EPS Rx

BB# 2

(from ODU 2)

Cable Interf.


Trib.

EPS Rx

Tx side

Rx side

Fixed

Fixed

CL


© 2006 Siemens AG



ODU 1

Services Insert


Interleaver

BB# 1

Cable

Interf.

CableInterf./MOD

Trib.RF TX

EPS Tx

ODU 2

Services Insert


Interleaver

BB# 2

Cable

Interf.

CableInterf./MOD

RF TXEPS Tx

IDU

BB #1 OFF

CH A

OFF

CH B

BB #2 OFF

CH A

ON

CH B

(from ODU 1)

Services

Drop DEMUX

Cable Interf.

Hitless

Switch

Services Drop

DEMUX

Hitless

Switch


IDU

BB# 1

EPS Rx

BB# 2

(from ODU 2)

Cable Interf.


Trib.

EPS Rx

Tx side

Rx side

Fixed

Fixed

CL


6-51


6-52

Fig. 6.28 ODU’s functional block diagram

ODU

ODUCONTROLLER

Section

PowerSupplySection

Base-Bandand cableInterface

(BB-I)Section

MODEMSection

IntermediateFrequency

(IF)Section

RadioFrequency

(RF)Section

Duplexer

Signal BUSControl BUSPower supply BUS

RSSI ODU-CABLE Antenna Interface

ODU’s external interfaces


© 2006 Siemens AG


Fig. 6.29 “Vertical” polarization application (ODU “Normal Density” - ND and ODU “High Density enhanced HDe)

Note = for “vertical” polarised application, the IN/OUT cable connector is at bottom.

REAR VIEW

IN/OUT cableconnector

Rx field measureconnector

Ground


6-53


6-54

Fig. 6.30 “Vertical” polarization application (ODU “High Density” - HD)

Note = for “vertical” polarised application, the IN/OUT cable connector is at bottom.

REAR VIEW

IN/OUT cableconnectorRx field measure

connector

Ground


© 2006 Siemens AG


Fig. 6.31 “Horizontal” polarization application (ODU “Normal Density” - ND and ODU “High Density enhanced - HDe)

Note = for “horizontal” polarised application, the IN/OUT cable connector is on the right side.

REAR VIEW

Rx field measureconnector


Ground


6-55


6-56

Fig. 6.32 “Horizontal” polarization application (ODU “High Density” - HD)

Note = for “horizontal” polarised application, the IN/OUT cable connector is on the right side.

REAR VIEW


Rx field measureconnectorGround


© 2006 Siemens AG


Fig. 6.33 “Rx field measure” connector

Rx field measure connector

BNC socket(*)

(*) This “Rx field measure” connector is the test point for the connection of a voltmeterduring the antenna alignment procedure.


6-57


6-58
IMC 0031METD


7 PROTECTION SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE

The system protection in 1+1 configuration can be split in two functional blocks:

� tributary section

� service channels section

7.1 Tributary Protection

The Fig. 7.1 shows the tributary protection’s general block diagram.

Two protection modes have been realized:

� Hardware protection: that performs the system protection from hardware failures (e.g. pa-rameters degradation or failure of electronic devices, connection lines interruptions etc.). This mode can't avoid “errors burst” during the protection because it is a hardware swit-ching controlled throughout the rising of alarms connected to failures that, in the instants preceding the switching, brought the equipment to operate in strongly deteriorated condi-tions (LOS, LOF etc.).

� Hitless protection: that performs the system protection from selective and temporary link quality degradation e.g. the propagation fadings. This mode, based on memory buffers that guarantee the bit to bit alignment, can operate an errors free protection when fadings less of 100 dB/sec occur.

The protection modes of SRAL XD System follow these main rules:

� Each HW failure happening in Tx chain (IDU + ODU) is protected actuating the available “hardware switches” as per the chosen Frequency Diversity or Hot Standby mode.

� Each HW failure happening in Rx chain (ODU + IDU), upstream the 'switch hitless', is pro-tected actuating the “hitless switch” (in this case the “hitless switch” works like a hardware switch i.e. it does not perform the “error free protection”).

� Each HW failure happening in Rx chain of IDU, downstream the “hitless switch”, is protec-ted actuating the available “hardware switches".

� In case of 1+1 Frequency Diversity protection, the degradation of the 'active' radio channel is protected actuating the “hitless switch” which, in this case, can perform the “error free protection” if the degradation is caused by a selective fading not faster than 100 dB/sec.

The protection rules above detailed produce the enabling/disabling of the HW alarms compo-sing the summarized hardware alarm used by each one of the protection logics.


7-1


7-2

Note that:

� When the protection system actuates the “hardware switches”, both the chains, Tx (IDU + ODU) and Rx (ODU + IDU), are switched at the same time for the following reasons:

� any failure of the active transmission chain

� failure of the active Rx chain downstream the “switch hitless”

� “CARD FAIL” of the active BB 16xE1 unit or 1xE3 unit

� extraction of the active BB 16xE1 unit or 1xE3 unit

� LINK ID CODE error, detected via Sw, on the active BB unit

� The operating mode of the protection system minimizes the number of Tx hardware swit-chings, in the case of Rx chain failure of the relevant transmission active ODU, and there-fore reduces the events of tributary traffic loss in the opposite direction to which the Rx fai-lure has happened.

7.2 Rx tributary Protection

The tributary protection diagram (see Fig. 7.2) concerning Rx section:

� the hitless switch position inside the Band Base unit. A and B blocks summarize generic hardware functions, explained later.

� the Rx switches, sited inside the Common Accesses unit, are controlled by a command which comes from the protection logic (detailed in the following).

The hitless switches receive the 16xE1, ETH or 1xE3 tributary at both inputs. The switching is operated by the logic circuitry described later. It is based on the detected alarms: the hitless switches protect against alarm of the RF section and 'A' sub-units; the final switches only pro-tect against hardware failures.

7.2.1 Tx tributary Protection

Two different modes of Tx protection architecture, due to the equipment system type, are avai-lable:

� 1+1 Frequency Diversity configuration

� 1+1 Hot Standby configuration

Note: The following symbols are used:

� PRF: RF power value of the signal outgoing from antenna;

� P1: power value set via SW for the main ODU;

� P2: power value set via SW for the secondary ODU;


© 2006 Siemens AG


� Pmin, Pmax: Minimum and maximum allowed power values.

Mode a): 1+1 Frequency Diversity configuration

The Fig. 7.3 shows a tributary protection diagram concerning the Tx section.

Note that transmission switches send the same aggregate signal to the RF sections.

This configuration has not a priority unit. When alarms occur the system switches from a unit to the other and the new working unit keeps on working even after alarms or failures have been resolved (unrevertive mode).

Mode b): 1+1 Hot-Standby configuration without RF switches (one antenna).

In this configuration secondary ODU is only coupled with the main ODU with a coupler CL as shown in the Fig. 7.4. The direct unit is priority and it is preferably chosen when no alarms or equivalent alarms occur (revertive mode) but it is also possible the unrevertive mode throug-hout the presetting set by LCT or by the remote management system.

The main ODU can be squelched if hardware failure conditions occur in the Tx chain. The squelch commands are controlled via SW depending on the status of command generated by Tx protection logic but can also locally generated in the ODU if the communication channel bet-ween IDU and ODU is not working.

The controller manages the Tx Power value of main and standby channels in order to guaran-tee a (C/I)min.

In Hot-Standby (1+1) configuration when an alarm occurs the system switches from main unit to the secondary. Before switching the power transmitter fail alarm (Tx_PWR_ALM) is latched. Two cases are possible:

1. If Tx_PWR_ALM is active system behaves in unrevertive mode, that is: the secondary unit keeps on working until the operator forces manually the main unit (after the failure has been resolved).

2. If the active alarm is not Tx_PWR_ALM, the secondary unit keeps on working until the alarms of main unit is active. When alarms expires the system automatically switches again to the main unit

7.2.2 Protection Structures

The various protection architectures are realized as shown in Fig. 7.5 (Tx section, Hot Standby configuration), Fig. 7.6 (Tx section, Frequency Diversity configuration) and Fig. 7.7 (Rx sec-tion).

The figures also show the switching commands listed below:

� HW SW CMD generated by hardware (Tx/Rx) protection logic housed in the BB unit;


7-3


7-4

� RF SW CMD generated by hardware (Tx) protection logic housed in the BB unit and ma-naged in the ODU;

� HL SW CMD generated by hitless Rx protection logic.

The switching commands shown in the figures above are generated by the protection logics, which are implemented on both BB units. These logics use the following inputs:

� alarms and status signals coming from radio units.

� presetting set by local operator interface (PC) or by the remote management system.

The operation of the switch, actuated via software, allows the forcing of the active radio channel at the receiver side, regardless of the status of alarms and external commands. This switch overrides hitless protection logic.

When the power supply of a card containing a switch fails, the switch automatically goes in a disabled status, in order to avoid interference with the signal passing through the other way.

7.2.3 Hardware protection logic

This logic, shown in Fig. 7.8, protects the system from hardware failures of IDUs and ODUs.

The hardware protection logic allows the transmission to the antenna of the signal coming from the unit with no alarm (Tx side protection) and the transmission to public connectors of the tri-butary coming from the unit with no alarm (Rx side protection).

The hardware protection logic, split in Tx section and in Rx section, generates the following commands:

� HW SW CMD that controls Tx and Rx switches at the same time;

� RF SW CMD in case of Hot Standby configuration.

In Hot-Standby configuration, the switch command RF SW CMD is generated on both the BB units and sent to the correspondent ODU through the communication channel between IDU and ODU, managed by the BB unit.

HW SW CMD is not used for Tx switches but only for Rx switches.

In Frequency Diversity configuration, the ODU ignores the RF SW CMD and only HW SW CMD is used.

In all cases, when the communication channel is not working or is disconnected, the correspon-dent ODU guarantees an open switch to avoid unwilling conditions. The open switch status is automatically maintained also during the power-up time.

Fig. 7.8 shows the alarms used by hardware protection logic.


© 2006 Siemens AG


When working automatically, the switching logic on IDU generates the switch command using the following signals:

� A summarized Tx local failure alarm (local Tx HW ALM): this alarm is set for failures on the Tx Section of BB unit and ODU of the radio controlled by the local protection logic.

� A summarized Tx remote failure alarm (remote Tx HW ALM): this alarm is set for failures on the Tx Section of BB unit and ODU of the radio not controlled by the local protection logic.

� A summarized Rx local failure alarm (local Rx HW ALM): this alarm is set for failures on the Rx Section of ODU and BB unit.

� A summarized Rx remote failure alarm (remote Rx HW ALM): this alarm is set for failures on the Rx Section of ODU and BB unit.

� A local system status signal (local HW SW CMD): this signal comes from the local system switching logic and it is necessary to avoid useless switching in Frequency Diversity confi-guration.

� A remote system status signal (remote HW SW CMD): this signal comes from the remote system switching logic and it is necessary to avoid useless switching in Frequency Diver-sity configuration.

� A priority signal: this signal is based on the physical place held by the BB unit (identified by a "Slot Sense" pin) and defined the priority level of the unit in case of conflicts.

The automatic protection logic is overridden by the following settings from local operator inter-face (PC) or from remote supervision system:

� HW FM1: service forced for BB #1 unit

� HW FM2: service forced for BB #2 unit

The "Slot Sense" signal identifies the physical position of the BB unit and sets a priority criterion when both cards have no alarm or when forced status conflict each other.


7-5


7-6

7.2.4 Hitless protection logic

This logic protects the system from link quality degradation.

The hitless protection logic generates the HL SW CMD command in consequence of the alarms of the local radio channel and the remote radio channel that the hitless protection logic, on both the BB units, receives as inputs.

Fig. 7.10 goes in detail about the structure of the hitless switch protection logic and Fig. 7.9 shows where the alarms, used by the logic and below listed, arise.

� Loc ODU Alm a summarized failure alarm coming from the correspondent ODUunit. This alarm is sent through the communication channelbetween IDU and ODU and managed by the switching logichoused in the local BB unit.

� Loc DEM Alm a summarized failure alarm coming from the local IF-DEMsection. This alarm is sent through the communication channelbetween IDU and ODU and managed by the switching logichoused in the local BB unit.

� Loc HL Alm a summarized failure alarm coming from the local Rx hitlesssection.

� Loc H-EW a High Early Warning alarm coming from the local FEC.

� Loc L-EW a Low Early Warning alarm coming from the local FEC.

� Rem HIGH Alm a summarized failure alarm coming from the remote system. Thisalarm is the sum of the remote ODU, DEM and HL alarms.

� Rem H-EW a High Early Warning alarm coming from the remote FEC.

� Rem L-EW a Low Early Warning alarm coming from the remote FEC.

All these alarms are divided in three categories: all the up mentioned alarms except H-EW and L-EW belong to the more serious category (HIGH Alm). The protection logic allows the passa-ge of the less serious alarmed channel, when no signal is forced.


© 2006 Siemens AG


Fig. 7.1 Tributary protection general block diagram

TX Section 1

TX Section 2 RX Section 2

RX Section 1

Splitter SwitchSite A Site B


7-7


7-8

Fig. 7.2 Rx general protection block diagram

A1

B2 A2

B1 Hitless Switch 1

RX switch 1

from RFsection 1

BB 1

Hitless Switch 2

BB 2 RX switch 2

from RFsection 2


© 2006 Siemens AG


Fig. 7.3 (1+1) FD Tx section protection block diagram

TX Switch 1

TX Switch 2

BB 1

BB 2

C1

C2

D1

D2

RF Section 1

RF Section 2 Common Accesses

RF TX

RF TX


7-9


7-10

Fig. 7.4 (1+1) HS Tx section protection block diagram

TX Switch 1 (fixed)

TX Switch 2 (fixed)

TX Section 1

TX Section 2

C1

C2

D1

D2

RF TX

RF TX

RF Section 1

RF Section 2

RF pwr managm. & Squelch

CL


© 2006 Siemens AG


Fig. 7.5 Tx protection in Hot-Standby configuration with one antenna

RF TX

ODU 1

Scrambler Services

Insert MUX FEC Enc

BB# 1

(1+1 ) config.

IDU

HW SW CMD 2 (fixed)

Interleaver

BB# 2

Cable Interf.

Scrambler Services

Insert MUX FEC Enc

Interleaver

Cable Inte rf.

CL

RF SW CMD 2

HW SW CMD 1 (fixed) RF SW CMD 1 HW Control

Logic

Cable Interf./ MOD

HW Control Logic

ODU 2

RF TX Cable Interf./ MOD TRIBUTARY

16 x E1/1xE3

CL = Coupling Loss priority line standby line

16xE1/32xE1 ETH/1xE3Tributary

(1+1) config


7-11


7-12

Fig. 7.6 Tx protection in Frequency Diversity configuration (with two antennas)

ODU 1

TRIBUTARY 16 x E1/1xE3

(1+1 ) config.

IDU

HW SW CMD 2

BB# 2

Scr ambler Services

Insert MUX FEC Enc

Interleaver Cable Interf.

ODU 2

RF TX

RF SW CMD 2 (fixed)

RF TX

HW SW CMD 1 RF SW CMD 1 (fixed) HW Control

Logic

HW Control Logic

Scrambler Services

Insert MUX FEC Enc

BB# 1

Interleaver

Cable Interf.

CableII Interf./ MOD

Cable Interf./ MOD


(1+1) config


© 2006 Siemens AG


Fig. 7.7 Rx Protection

IDU

BB# 2

(from ODU 1)

(from ODU 2)

HW SW CMD 1

TRIBUTARY 16 x E1/1xE3

(1+1) config

Services

Drop DEMUX

Cable

Interf.

BB# 1

Hitless

Switch

HL SW CMD 1 HL Control

Logic

HW Control Logic

HL SW CMD 2 HL Control

Logic

Services

Drop DEMUX

Cable

Interf.

HW SW CMD 2

De-Interleaver

FEC decoder

De-Scrambler

Hitless

Switch HW Control

Logic

De-Interleaver

FEC decoder

De-Scrambler


(1+1) config


7-13


7-14

Fig. 7.8 Alarms of Hardware protection logic

Scrambler

MUX FEC Enc

BB Tx section

Interleaver Cable Interf.

ODU

RF TX

MOD

DEMUX

HW SW CMD

De-Interleaver

FEC decoder

De-Scrambler

Hitless

Switch

f rom / to other BB

To / from other BB

to other BB

from other BB

ODU TX Alim.

I/F Alm MIR Alm TX OVRF Alm TX MS Alm

RX OVRF Alm

HW SW CMD

RF SW CMD 16xE1/1xE3 TRIBUTARY

UNIT

BB Rx section

Cable Interf.

I/F Alm

ODU RX Alim.

DEM RF RX


(1+1) config


© 2006 Siemens AG


Fig. 7.9 Hardware protection logic architecture

BB#1

loc HW ALM

HW SW CMD 1

Local HW FM

Sense

BB#2

loc HW ALM

HW SW CMD 2

local HW FM

Slot

Sense Slot

HW Switch Logic

HW Switch Logic

loc HW SW CMD

rem HW ALM

remote HW FM

rem HW SW CMD

rem HW ALM

remote HW FM

loc HW SW CMD rem HW SW CMD

HOT-STBY-CMD

HOT-STBY-CMD

RF SW CMD 2

RF SW CMD 1


7-15


7-16

Fig. 7.10 Alarms of Hitless protection logic

RF RX

ODU

DEM

ODU RX ALM

DEMUXDeInterleaverFEC decoderDescrambler

CableInterf.

HitlessSwitch

ServicesDrop

From / to remote BBIDU

BB

I/F ALMHL ALM H-EW L-EW

HL-SW CMD


© 2006 Siemens AG


Fig. 7.11 Hitless Protection Logic Architecture

BB#1

ODU1Alm

HL SW CMD

DEM1 Alm

L-EW-1

H-EW-1

HITLESS

Switch Logic

HL1

HIGH1Alm

FM1

+

HITLESS

Switch Logic

HL SW CMD

+

H-EW-2

L-EW-2

ODU2Alm

DEM2 Alm

HL2

FM1

HIGH2Alm

BB#2


7-17


7-18
IMC 0031METD


8 SERVICE CHANNELS MANAGEMENT AND PROTECTION

The radio service channels are:

� USR 64 kbit/s, V.11, synchronous co-directional or contra-directionalchannel, reserved for the user and available on a publicconnector of Accesses unit.

� R 64 kbit/s synchronous contra-directional embedded channel,reserved to transmit radio network supervision messages.

� D 64 kbit/s, synchronous contra-directional channel, reserved totransmit radio supervision messages, using a time slot of the2 Mbit/s tributary. The channel is managed throughout theController unit in mixed radio/cable links. The Qtcp protocol isused.

� Dext 64 kbit/s, V.11, synchronous contra-directional channel,managed by the Controller unit, in alternative to the 2Mbit/sembedded D channel, to connect different equipment (e.g.SDH) to the TMN supervision center. In this case the Qtcpprotocol is also used. The channel, available on a publicconnector of Accesses unit, doesn't have protection.

Service channels are controlled throughout the functional blocks identified as "Services Insert" and "Services Drop" as shown in the following figures.

In (1+1) Hot-Standby configurations, the same tributary is transmitted on both aggregated radio channels. Service channel protection thus follows the same rule of the tributary.


8-1


8-2

8.1 User channel (USR)

They are made up of the following signals:

The Fig. 8.1, Fig. 8.2 and Fig. 8.3 show the logical structures the allow the management of the USER channels in the various configurations.

8.1.1 Radio Embedded Communication Channel (R)

The R channels are managed throughout the Services Drop/Insert functional blocks of Base Band unit and they are directly connected to the Controller unit.

In the 1+1 configuration, the status of HW SW CMD commands determine which of the two channels is active whereas the CONFIG signal, setting by local operator interface (PC), carries the active channel towards the SCC1 port of the Controller unit .

In the other configurations, the CONFIG signal enables the passage of both channels, available in consideration of the fixed ON status of HW SW CMD commands, to the relevant SCC ports of Controller unit.

Tab. 8.1 User channel

Signal type USR CH1 signal name

USR CH2 signal name

User Data Tx: differential data input in the radio system, coming from the public connector

U-DTx1 a-b U-DTx2 a-b

User Contra-Directional Clock Tx: differential clock for data input in the radio system (coming from the radio system)

U-CKTx1-OUT a-b

U-CKTx2-OUT a-b

User Co-Directional Clock Tx: differential clock for data in-put in the radio system (coming from the public connector)

U-CKTx1-INa-b

U-CKTx2-INa-b

User Data Rx: differential data output from the radio sys-tem

U-DRx1 a-b U-DRx2 a-b

User Clock Rx: differential clock for data output in the radio system (coming from the radio system)

U-CKRx1 a-b U-CKRx2 a-b


© 2006 Siemens AG


8.1.2 Tributary Embedded Communication Channel (D)

The D channels are connected to Controller via Accesses unit.

In the 1+1 configuration, the status of HW SW CMD commands determine which of the two channels is active whereas the CONFIG signal, setting by local operator interface (PC), carries the active channel towards the HDLC1 port of the Controller unit (see Fig. 8.6).

In this case the second HDLC port of the Controller is available for the Dext channel.

In the other configurations, the CONFIG signal enables the passage of both channels, available in consideration of the fixed ON status of HW SW CMD commands, to the relevant HDLC ports of Controller unit (see Fig. 8.7).

If the embedded D channels are disable (separately setting by local operator interface (PC) or by the remote management system) the HDLC ports are available for two Dext channels.


8-3


8-4

Fig. 8.1 1+1 configuration of User channels

Services Drop

HW SW CMD 1 USR CH1

Services Insert

U - CKTX - IN 1

U - CKTX - OUT 1

U - DRX 1

U - CKRX 1

HW SW CMD 1

Services Drop

HW SW CMD 2

USR CH2 Services Insert

U - DTX 2

U - CKTX - OUT 2

U - DRX 2

U - CKRX 2

HW SW CMD 2

16xE1/1xE3 TRIBUTARY

UNIT

U - DTX 1

U - CKTX - IN 2

CONFIG CONTROLLER

IDU

BB #1

BB #2

16xE1/32xE1ETH/1xE3Tributary

(1+1) config

(*)

(*) This interface can be used also for the optional “External EOW” connection.


© 2006 Siemens AG


Fig. 8.2 2x(1+0) configuration of User channels

Services Drop

fixed USR CH1

Services Insert

U-CKTX-IN 1

U-CKTX-OUT 1

U-DRX 1

U-CKRX 1

fixed

Services Drop

fixed


U-DTX 2

U-CKTX-OUT 2

U-DRX 2

U-CKRX 2

fixed

U-DTX 1

U-CKTX-IN 2

CONFIG CONTROLLER

IDU

BB #1

BB #2

16xE1TRIBUTARY

UNIT

(*)(**)

(*) This interface can be used also for the optional “External EOW” connection.(*) 1st (V11) connection (**)2nd (V11) connection

(*)(***)

16xE1Tributary

(2+0) config


8-5


8-6

Fig. 8.3 Repeater configuration of User channel

Services Drop

fixed USR CH1

Services Insert

U-CKTX-IN 1

U-CKTX-OUT 1

U-DRX 1

U-CKRX 1

fixed

Services Drop


U-DTX 2

U-CKTX-OUT 2

U-DRX 2

U-CKRX 2

U-DTX 1

U-CKTX-IN 2

CONFIG CONTROLLER

IDU

BB #1

BB #2 fixed

fixed

16xE1TRIBUTARY

UNIT

(*)

(*) This interface can be used also for the optional “External EOW” connection.

16xE1Tributary

(Repeater) config


© 2006 Siemens AG


Fig. 8.4 1+1 configuration of R channels

CONFIG

Controller

Services Drop

BB #1

Services Insert

Serial

CKTX-1

HW SW CMD 1

DTX-1

HW SW CMD 1

D & CK RX-1

Services Drop

Services Insert CKTX-2

HW SW CMD 2

DTX-2

HW SW CMD 2

D & CK RX-2

Comm Contr

CH 1

Serial Comm Contr

CH 2

(not used) BB #2


8-7


8-8

Fig. 8.5 2x(1+0) configuration of R channels

CONFIG

Controller

Services Drop

BB #1

Services Insert

Serial

CKTX -1

fixed

DTX-1

D & CK RX -1

Services Drop

Services Insert CKTX -2

DTX-2

D & CK RX -2

Comm Contr

CH 1

Serial Comm Contr

CH 2

BB #2 fixed

fixed

fixed


© 2006 Siemens AG


Fig. 8.6 1+1 configuration of D channels

CONFIG

Controller

Services Drop

BB #1

Services Insert CKTX - 1

HW SW CMD 1

DTX - 1

HW SW CMD 1

D & CK RX - 1

Services Drop

Services Insert C KTX - 2

HW SW CMD 2

DTX - 2

HW SW CMD 2

D & CK RX - 2

(available for Dext) BB #2

H.level Data Link Control

2


1

16xE1/1xE3 TRIBUTARY

UNIT


8-9


8-10

Fig. 8.7 2x(1+0) configuration of D channels

CONFIG

Controller

Services Drop

BB #1


DTX-1

D & CK RX -1

Services Drop


fixed

DTX-2

D & CK RX -2

BB #2

16xE1TRIBUTARY

UNIT

fixed

fixed

fixed


1


2


© 2006 Siemens AG


9 EXTERNAL CONNECTIONS

All the connectors used for the external connections are easily accessible from the front side of the indoor assembly.

All the cables from/to the outside are brought down from the cabinet top inside the side wall slots or, in the case the wiring is running under the raised floor, they are made to ascend like-wise.

9.1 16xE1 IDU

9.1.1 Primary supply voltage connection

The outdoor assembly (ODU) is remotely power supplied by the indoor IDU (P/N 732-101/61) by means of 1 coaxial connection cable (2 in the 1+1 configuration).

The indoor assembly BB units are fed by DC/DC converters, which transform the delivered -48 V voltage.

The primary supply voltage, delivered by 48 V battery, has to be applied to the 3-poles male connector MAIN POWER INPUT. See Fig. 9.1.

9.1.2 Connector functions

Fig. 9.2 to Fig. 9.16 show the positions and functions of the connectors.

9.2 1xE3 IDU


The outdoor assembly (ODU) is remotely power supplied by the indoor IDU (P/N 732-101/61) by means of 1 coaxial connection cable (2 in the 1+1 configuration).The indoor assembly BB units are fed by DC/DC converters, which transform the delivered -48 V voltage.The primary supply voltage, delivered by 48 V battery, has to be applied to the 3-poles male connector MAIN POWER INPUT. See Fig. 9.17.


Fig. 9.18 to Fig. 9.28 show the position and functions of the connectors.


9-1


9-2

9.3 ETH IDU






Fig. 9.30 to Fig. 9.41 show the position and functions of the connectors.

9.4 32xE1 IDU





32xE1 IDU is managed starting from the SVR 3.7


© 2006 Siemens AG


Fig. 9.1 16xE1 IDU - Primary Power Supply Connections

� � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � �

��

� �

��

��

�

�

�

��

� �

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

��

�

� � � � � � ��

� �

� �

� � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � �

�

� �

�

�

�

�

��

� �

� �

! � � � " � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � # $ % &! � � � " � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � % $ '

� � � � � � � � � � ( � � � � � � � ( � � � � � � � � � � � � )

� � �

� � � � ��

� � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � �

INDOOR ASSEMBLY

Female connector(422-060/61)

(*)

Female contact(422-027/31)

(*)

Metal shell(422-030/82)

(*)

2x1.5 mm2 bipolar shieldedcable for power supply

CRIMPINGSIDE VIEW

A1 = PositiveA3 = Negative

Nominal voltage-48 Vdc + 20%(-38.4 to 57.6 Vdc)

STATION

Main negative power supply

1st Base Band

2nd Base Band

ND 7...38 GHz

1+0 40 W1+1 75 W

HD/HP 7...38 GHz

1+0 45 W (38 GHz) ÷ 60 (7GHz)1+1 80 W (38 GHz) ÷ 115 (7GHz)

MAXIMUM POWER CONSUMPTION


9-3


9-4

Fig. 9.2 16xE1 IDU - ODU connections (connector coax. type SMA)

� � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � �

��

� �

��

��

�

�

�

��

� �

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

��

�

� � � � � � ��

� �

� �

� � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � �

�

� �

�

�

�

�

��

! � � � " � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � # $ % &! � � � " � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � % $ '

� � � � � � � � � � ( � � � � � � � ( � � � � � � � � � � � � )

� � �

ODU 1

ODU 2


© 2006 Siemens AG


Fig. 9.3 16xE1 IDU - 2 Mbit/s 120 ohm (Sub-D) from 1 to 8 Tributary Connections

ODU CABLE

CAUTION Vbattery

H A

C C

B H

L B C

U

O D '

PS

' T S E T

W

M

/ N

J

C /

M


LCT

PS CAUTION Vbattery

ODU CABLE A H B

L H B

D U '

2 Mbit/s I/O TRIBUTARIES 1÷8

ALMs

2 Mbit/s I/O TRIBUTARIES 9Î

USER/Dext USER/Dext I 0

V -B U S

10

12

13

29

28

11

9

27

26

25

24

8

Channel no. 6

23

7

6

22

5

21

4

3

20

19

18

2

1

14

16

17

15

33

32

31

30

50

49

48

47

46

45

44

42

43

41

40

38

39

37

36

34

35

Channel no. 5

Channel no. 8

Channel no. 7

Channel no. 2

Channel no. 1

Channel no. 4

Channel no. 3

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

DATA Tx Wire a

DATA Tx Wire b

DATA Rx Wire a

DATA Rx Wire b

DATA Tx Wire a

DATA Tx Wire b

DATA Rx Wire a

DATA Rx Wire b

DATA Tx Wire a

DATA Tx Wire b

DATA Rx Wire a

DATA Rx Wire b

DATA Tx Wire a

DATA Tx Wire b

DATA Rx Wire a

DATA Rx Wire b

DATA Tx Wire a

DATA Tx Wire b

DATA Rx Wire a

DATA Rx Wire b

DATA Tx Wire a

DATA Tx Wire b

DATA Rx Wire a

DATA Rx Wire b

DATA Tx Wire a

DATA Tx Wire b

DATA Rx Wire a

DATA Rx Wire b

DATA Tx Wire a

DATA Tx Wire b

DATA Rx Wire a

DATA Rx Wire b

INDOOR ASSEMBLY

2 Mbit/s I/O Tributaries 1-8

Tributary cable 8xE1 120 ohm (L=5/10/20/30 m)(314-331/79..82)

(a)(b)(c)

(a) = This prewiring cable is a standard solution; on request is possible to order the single materials and to make the cable in field.(b) = This material is supplied with the installation materials.(c) = The length for this cable is 200 m max.


9-5


9-6


ODU CABLE

CAUTION Vbattery

H A

C C

B H

L B C

U

O D '

PS

' T S E T

W

M

/ N

J

C /

M


LCT

PS CAUTION Vbattery

ODU CABLE A H B

L H B

D U '


ALMs



V -B U S

10

12

13

29

28

11

9

27

26

25

24

8

Channel no. 14

DATA Tx Wire a

DATA Tx Wire b

23

7

6

22

5

21

4

3

20

19

18

2

1

14

16

17

15

33

32

31

30

50

49

48

47

46

45

44

42

43

41

40

38

39

37

36

34

35

Channel no. 13

Channel no. 16

Channel no. 15

Channel no. 10

Channel no. 9

Channel no. 12

Channel no. 11

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

DATA Rx Wire a

DATA Rx Wire b

DATA Tx Wire a

DATA Tx Wire b

DATA Rx Wire a

DATA Rx Wire b

DATA Tx Wire a

DATA Tx Wire b

DATA Rx Wire a

DATA Rx Wire b

DATA Tx Wire a

DATA Tx Wire b

DATA Rx Wire a

DATA Rx Wire b

DATA Tx Wire a

DATA Tx Wire b

DATA Rx Wire a

DATA Rx Wire b

DATA Tx Wire a

DATA Tx Wire b

DATA Rx Wire a

DATA Rx Wire b

DATA Tx Wire a

DATA Tx Wire b

DATA Rx Wire a

DATA Rx Wire b

DATA Tx Wire a

DATA Tx Wire b

DATA Rx Wire a

DATA Rx Wire b

INDOOR ASSEMBLY


Tributary cable8xE1 120 ohm (L=5/10/20/30 m)(314-331/79..82)

(a)(b)(c)



© 2006 Siemens AG



ODU CABLE

CAUTION Vbattery

H A

C C

B H

L B C

U

O D '

PS

' T S E T

W

M

/ N

J

C /

M


LCT

PS CAUTION Vbattery

ODU CABLE A H B

L H B

D U '


ALMs



V -B U S

10

12

13

29

28

11

9

27

26

25

24

8

23

7

6

22

5

21

4

3

20

19

18

2

1

14

16

17

15

33

32

31

30

50

49

48

47

46

45

44

42

43

41

40

38

39

37

36

34

35

Rx-GND (to be connected to shell cable-clamp)

Tx DATA Channel no. 6

Rx DATA


Rx DATA


Rx DATA


Rx DATA


Rx DATA


Rx DATA


Rx DATA

Tx DATA Chanell no. 3

Rx DATA

INDOOR ASSEMBLY



(a)(b)(c)



9-7


9-8


ODU CABLE

CAUTION Vbattery

H A

C C

B H

L B C

U

O D '

PS

' T S E T

W

M

/ N

J

C /

M


LCT

PS CAUTION Vbattery

ODU CABLE A H B

L H B

D U '


ALMs



V -B U S

10

12

13

29

28

11

9

27

26

25

24

8

23

7

6

22

5

21

4

3

20

19

18

2

1

14

16

17

15

33

32

31

30

50

49

48

47

46

45

44

42

43

41

40

38

39

37

36

34

35 Channel no. 14

Channel no. 13

Channel no. 16

Channel no. 15

Channel no. 10

Channel no. 9

Channel no. 12

Channel no. 11


Tx DATA

Rx DATA

Tx DATA

Rx DATA

Tx DATA

Rx DATA

Tx DATA

Rx DATA

Tx DATA

Rx DATA

Tx DATA

Rx DATA

Tx DATA

Rx DATA

Tx DATA

Rx DATA

INDOOR ASSEMBLY



(a)(b)(c)

(a) = This prewiring cable is a standard solution; on request is possible to order the single materials and to make the cable in field.(b) = This material is supplied with the installation materials.(c) = The lenght for this cable is 300 m max.


© 2006 Siemens AG


Fig. 9.7 16xE1 IDU - 2 Mbit/s (75 ohm coax.) from 1 to 16 Tributary Connections

ODU CABLE

CAUTION Vbattery

H A

C C

B H

L B C

U

O D '

PS

' T S E T

W

M

/ N

J

C / M



Tx1

Rx1 Rx5

Tx5

Rx9

Tx9

Rx13

Tx13

I 0

PS CAUTION Vbattery

ODU CABLE A H B

L H B

D U '

Rx1

Tx1 Tx5

Rx5

Tx9

Rx9

Tx13

Rx13

V -B US

INDOOR ASSEMBLY

Self-locking coaxial plug1.0/2.3 - 75 ohm

(421-015/60)

(*)

(*) The self-locking coaxial plugs are included in the coaxial kit P/N 332-055/47.


9-9


9-10

Fig. 9.8 16xE1 IDU - 2 Mbit/s (120 ohm LEMO) from 1 to 16 Tributary Connections

V -B US

INDOOR ASSEMBLY

3

4

1

2

1 Rx b

2 Rx a

3 Tx a

4 Tx b

1

2

3

4

7

8

5

6

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16


© 2006 Siemens AG


Fig. 9.9 16xE1 IDU - Alarm connections

ODU CABLE

CAUTION Vbattery

H A

C C

B H

L B C

U

O D '

PS

' T S E T

W

M

/ N

J

C /

M



Tx1

Rx1 Rx5

Tx5

Rx9

Tx9

Rx13

Tx13

I 0

PS CAUTION

Vbattery

ODU CABLE A H B

L H B

D U '

ALMs

CEN-OUT4

CEN-IN1

CEN-IN2

8

CEN-OUT1

CEN-OUT3

CEN-OUT2

ODU

CRITICAL WARNING

TEST

IDU

ALIM OFF

6

15

14

7

13

12

5

11

4

3

10

9

2

1

MINOR OR

MAJOR

CEN-IN4

CEN-IN3

V -B US

(*) Materials included in the alarm accessories kit P/N 332-055/49A.

Pin Alarm Description

1 ALIM OFF No power supply alarm9 TEST Abnormal condition (i.e. Tributary loop active)2 IDU IDU alarm10 MINOR OR WARNING “Minor” or “Warning” alarm3 CRITICAL “Critical” alarm11 ODU ODU alarm4 MAJOR “Major” alarm12 CEN-OUT2 Station alarm output #2 (from remote station)5 CEN-OUT1 Station alarm output #1 (from remote station)13 CEN-OUT4 Station alarm output #4 (from remote station)6 CEN-OUT3 Station alarm output #3 (from remote station)14 CEN-IN2 Station alarm input #2 (to remote station)7 CEN-IN1 Station alarm input #1 (to remote station)15 CEN-IN4 Station alarm input #4 (to remote station)8 CEN-IN3 Station alarm input #3 (to remote station)

INDOOR ASSEMBLY

15 C male SUB-D connector

(422-062/86)(*)


(*)

8-pair double shield cable


9-11


9-12

Fig. 9.10 16xE1 IDU - 64 kbit/s (V.11) service channel connnection: USER/Dext (USER 1)

USER/Dext

Rx1

Tx1

ALMs

Tx5

Rx5

I 0 USER/Dext

Tx9

Rx9

Tx13

Rx13

USER/Dext

s Q-LAN V-LAN

ODU CABLE

ODU CABLE

SRAL XD

LCT

J W T

N M T

E S

' / M

C /

B

C B

B L A

Vbattery CAUTION

Vbattery CAUTION

H

C

A H

H

H B

C

L

U D

O

U D

'

'

PS

PS

V -B US

USER/Dext

Rx1

Tx1

ALMs

Tx5

Rx5

I 0 USER/Dext

Tx9

Rx9

Tx13

Rx13

USER/Dext

s Q-LAN V-LAN

ODU CABLE

ODU CABLE

SRAL XD

LCT

J W T

N M T

E S

' / M

C /

B

C B

B L A

Vbattery CAUTION

Vbattery CAUTION

H

C

A H

H

H B

C

L

U D

O

U D

'

'

PS

PS

V -B US

INDOOR ASSEMBLY


(422-062/60)(*)


(*)


(*) These accessories are included in the installation kit P/N 332-055/29A.

In case should be used “External EOW”, use this connector for1+0 / 1+1 / A/D and 2+0 IDU configurations

CONFIGURATION

1+0

2x(1+0)Add/Drop Repeater

1+1

USER 1

USER/Dext SRA L Comp.Dext




© 2006 Siemens AG


Fig. 9.11 16xE1 IDU - 64 kbit/s (V.11) service channel connnection: USER/Dext (USER 2)

USER/Dext

Rx1

Tx1

ALMs

Tx5

Rx5

I 0 USER/Dext

Tx9

Rx9

Tx13

Rx13

USER/Dext

s Q-LAN V-LAN

ODU CABLE

ODU CABLE

SRAL XD

LCT

J W T

N M T

E S

' / M

C /

B

C B

B L A

Vbattery CAUTION

Vbattery CAUTION

H

C

A H

H

H B

C

L

U D

O

U D

'

'

PS

PS

V -B US


In case should be used “External EOW”, use this connector for2+0 IDU configuration only

INDOOR ASSEMBLY


(422-062/60)(*)

8-pair doubleshield cable

(*)

USER 2

DextUSER/Dext SRA L Comp.

DextUSER/Dext SRA L Comp.

DextDext

CONFIGURATION

1+02x(1+0)

Add/Drop Repeater

1+1



9-13


9-14

Fig. 9.12 16xE1 IDU - (CH1 and CH2) 64 kbit/s (V11) service channel connnection

DATA Tx Wire a

9

5

8

4

3

7

6

2

1

DATA Tx Wire b

DATA Rx Wire a

DATA Rx Wire b

CLOCK Rx Wire a

CLOCK Rx Wire b

CLOCK Tx Wire b

CLOCK Tx Wire a

GND

CO-DIRECTIONALCLOCK (a)

CONTRA-DIRECTIONALCLOCK (a) (b)

USER (a) (b)

DATA Rx Wire a

9

5

8

4

3

7

6

2

1

DATA Rx Wire b

DATA Tx Wire a

DATA Tx Wire b

CLOCK Tx Wire a

CLOCK Tx Wire b

CLOCK Rx Wire b

CLOCK Rx Wire a

GND

Dext (a)Dext SRA L

compatible (a)

Dext (a)

WIRING CABLE forCONNECTION BETWEEN CHANNELS

Dext-Dext SRA L compatible

2 17 61 26 73 38 84 49 9

CONTRA-DIRECTIONAL

a) Configuration of User (Co/Contra-directional Clock) or Dext/Dext SRA Lcompatible channels is a software controlled operation.

b) If “External EOW” should be used, the configuration of User is: Contra-directional Clock.


© 2006 Siemens AG


Fig. 9.13 16xE1 IDU - Supervision connections (Q LAN - V LAN)

With the Controller unit P/N 634-001/74, this interface is not availableshoud the “V-BUS” interface be used.

Rx1

Tx1

ALMs

Rx5

Tx5

USER/Dext

Rx9

Tx9

Rx13

Tx13

USER/Dext I 0

s Q-LAN V-LAN

SRAL XD

LCT

S E

' T

T / M /

N

W J

M C

CAUTION Vbattery

CAUTION Vbattery

ODU CABLE

ODU CABLE

H A

H B

H A

C C

B H

D B L U '

L B C

D U

O '

PS

PS

V-LAN Q-LAN

V - B U S

Rx1

Tx1

ALMs

Rx5

Tx5

USER/Dext

Rx9

Tx9

Rx13

Tx13

USER/Dext I 0

s Q-LAN V-LAN

SRAL XD

LCT

S E

' T

T / M /

N

W J

M C

CAUTION Vbattery

CAUTION Vbattery

ODU CABLE

ODU CABLE

H A

H B

H A

C C

B H

D B L U '

L B C

D U

O '

PS

PS

V-LAN Q-LAN

(10/100 BASE T) (10 BASE T)

VLAN QLAN

NOT USED

NOT USED

DATA Rx Wire a

NOT USED

NOT USED

DATA Rx Wire b

DATA Tx Wire a

DATA Tx Wire b

2

3

4

5

6

8

7

1

INDOOR ASSEMBLY WITH CONTROLLER UNIT P/N 634-001/73

INDOOR ASSEMBLY WITH CONTROLLER UNIT P/N 634-001/74


9-15


9-16

Fig. 9.14 16xE1 IDU - Connection example (Q LAN - V LAN)

10 11 SRAL XD-1

10 11 SRAL XD-2

10 11SRAL XD-n

A

B

B

10 11

10 11

10 11

HUBB

BB

B

BA

SRAL XD-n

SRAL XD-2

SRAL XD-1

EXAMPLE BEXAMPLE A

To LAN

To LAN X

To LAN Y

To LAN Z

KEY: 10 = Q LAN; 11 = V LAN


© 2006 Siemens AG


Fig. 9.15 16xE1 IDU - V-BUS Connection ( with Controller P/N 634-001/74)

V-BUS 1

6

5

6

2 M bit/s I/O TR IB U TA R IE S 9÷16

U SE R /D extA LM s

2 M bit/s I/O TR IB U TAR IE S 1÷8

U SER /D ext I 0

sQ -LA N V -LA N

SR A L X D

LC T

'

T

T

ES

M

W

N/

C A U TIO N

O D U C A BLE

C

JM/

V battery

C A U TIO N

V battery

O D U C A BLE

AH

BH

LB

UD

'

C

AH H

B

C CBL

O

UD

'

PS

PS

V-BU S

V-BUS(128 Kb/s DATA Channel)

6

7

8

9

5

4

3

1

2

V-DRX-a

V-DRX-b

not used

V-D-a

V-D-b

not used

not used

not used

not used

Ful l Duplex

Half Duplex

INDOOR ASSEMBLY P/N 634-001/74 Controller unit

The V-bus interconnection on for the Controller unit is carried out by means of 120ohm twisted-pair cable (max. length 300 m). The V-bus cable must be correctlyterminated by two 120 Ohm terminations, mounted at the two ends of the cable.

Should be used the V-BUS interface, the V-LAN interface cannot be used.


9-17


9-18

Fig. 9.16 16xE1 IDU - LCT connection (RS 232)

PERSO NAL

C O M PUTER

LCT

Rx1

Tx1

ALMs

Rx5

Tx5

USER/Dext

Rx9

Tx9

Rx13

Tx13

USER/Dext I 0

sQ-LAN V-LAN

SRAL XD

LCT

SE

' T

T/M/

N

W J

M C

CAUTIONVbattery

CAUTIONVbattery

ODU CABLE

ODU CABLE

HA

HB

HA

C C

BH

DBL U '

LBC

DU

O'

PS

PS

INDOOR ASSEMBLY


LCT connector (RS 232)

Pin Signal I/O Description

1 F_CD I Received Line Signal Detector (Data Carrier Detect)

2 F_RxD I Received Data

3 F_TxD O Transmit Data

4 F_DTR O Data Terminal Ready

5 GND Signal Ground

6 F_DSR I Data Set Ready

7 F_RTS O Request To Send

8 F_CTS Clear To Send

9 n.c. Ring Indicator

The LCT connector (F interface) can be used also to connecta SRAL XD to extend a SRAL network.


© 2006 Siemens AG


Fig. 9.17 1xE3 IDU - Primary Power Supply Connections

A3

A1

STOTZ 4A

PS (pin A3)

PS (pin A3)

O D U C AB L E

C A U T IO N

V battery

HA

C C

BH

LBC

U

OD

'

PS

' TSET

W

M

/N

J

C/M

S R AL XDsQ -LA N V -LA N

LC TD extU S E R /DextALM s I 0

PSC A U T IO N

V battery

O D U C AB L E

AH B

LHB

DU '

V -BU S34M bit/s 2M bit/s

INDOOR ASSEMBLY


(*)


(*)


(*)


CRIMPINGSIDE VIEW



STATION


1st Base Band

2nd Base Band

ND 7...38 GHz

1+0 40 W1+1 75 W

HD/HP 7...38 GHz

1+0 45 W (38 GHz) ÷ 60 (7GHz)1+1 80 W (38 GHz) ÷ 115 (7GHz)



9-19


9-20

Fig. 9.18 1xE3 IDU - ODU connections (connector coax. type SMA)

ODU CABLE

CAUTION Vbattery

H A

C C

B H

L B C

U

O D '

PS

' T S E T

W

M

/ N

J

C /

M



Tx

PS CAUTION Vbattery

ODU CABLE A H B

L H B

D U '

V-BUS

Rx

34 Mb/s

Tx Rx

2 Mb/s WST

ODU 1

ODU 2


© 2006 Siemens AG


Fig. 9.19 1xE3 IDU - 34 Mbit/s tributary connections (75 ohm coax.)

ODU CABLE

CAUTION Vbattery

H A

C C

B H

L B C

U

O D '

PS

' T S E T

W

M

/ N

J

C / M



Tx

PS CAUTION Vbattery

ODU CABLE A H B

L H B

D U '

Tx Rx

V-BUS

Rx

34 Mb/s

Tx Rx

2 Mb/s WST

TRIBUTARIO 34 Mbit/s (E3)

INDOOR ASSEMBLY

Self-locking coaxial plug1.0/2.3 - 75 ohm(421-015/60)

34 Mbit/s (E3)TRIBUTARY

(*)

75 Ohm coaxial cableTCE 2HH2 1(0.4-1.9)/M1

(104-102/21)(**) (***)

(*) The Self-locking coaxial plugs are supplied in the coax connections kit P/N: 332-055/55.(**) This material is supplied with the installation materials.(** ) The length of this cable is 150 m max.


9-21


9-22

Fig. 9.20 1xE3 IDU - 2 Mbit/s WST Signal connections (75 ohm coax.)

ODU CABLE

CAUTION Vbattery

H A

C C

B H

L B C

U

O D '

PS

' T S E T

W

M

/ N

J

C / M



Tx

PS CAUTION Vbattery

ODU CABLE A H B

L H B

D U '

Tx Rx

V-BUS

Rx

34 Mb/s

Tx Rx

2 Mb/s WST

Segnale 2 Mbit/s (WST)

INDOOR ASSEMBLY

2 Mbit/s (WST)SIGNAL

(*)

(**) (***)

Self-locking coaxial plug1.0/2.3 - 75 ohm

(421-015/60)

75 Ohm coaxial cableTCE 2HH2 1(0.4-1.9)/M1

(104-102/21)

(*) The Shelf-locking coaxial plugs are supplied in the coax connections kit P/N 332-055/55(**) This material is supplied with the installation materials.(***) The length of this cable is 150 m max.


© 2006 Siemens AG


Fig. 9.21 1xE3 IDU - Alarm connections

ALMs

8

6

15

14

7

13

12

5

11

4

3

10

9

2

1

CEN-OUT4

CEN-IN1

CEN-IN2

CEN-OUT1

CEN-OUT3

CEN-OUT2

ODU

CRITICAL WARNING

TEST

IDU

ALIM OFF

MINOR OR

MAJOR

CEN-IN4

CEN-IN3

INDOOR ASSEMBLY


(422-062/86)(*)


(*)


(*) Materials included in the alarm accessories kit P/N 332-055/49A.Alarm meaning


1 ALIM OFF No power supply alarm9 TEST Abnormal condition (i.e. Tributary loop active)2 IDU IDU alarm

10 MINOR OR WARNING

“Minor” or “Warning” alarm

3 CRITICAL “Critical” alarm11 ODU ODU alarm4 MAJOR “Major” alarm

12 CEN-OUT2 Station alarm output #2 (from remote station)5 CEN-OUT1 Station alarm output #1 (from remote station)

13 CEN-OUT4 Station alarm output #4 (from remote station)6 CEN-OUT3 Station alarm output #3 (from remote station)

14 CEN-IN2 Station alarm input #2 (to remote station)7 CEN-IN1 Station alarm input #1 (to remote station)

15 CEN-IN4 Station alarm input #4 (to remote station)8 CEN-IN3 Station alarm input #3 (to remote station)


9-23


9-24

Fig. 9.22 1xE3 IDU - 64 kbit/s (V.11) service channel connection: USER/Dext (USER 1)

USER/Dext

ODU CABLE

CAUTION

Vbattery

H A

C C

B H

L B C

U

O D '

PS

' T S E T

W

M

/ N

J

C /

M



Tx

PS

CAUTION Vbattery

ODU CABLE

A H B

L H B

D U '

V-BUS

Rx

34 Mb/s

Tx Rx

2 Mb/s WST

INDOOR ASSEMBLY


(422-062/60)(*)


(*)


USER 1

USER/Dext SRA L Comp.

Dext


Dext

CONFIGURATION

1+0

1+1

(*) These accessories are included in the installation kit P/N 332-055/29A

In case should be used “External EOW”, use this connectorfor 1+0/1+1 IDU configurations


© 2006 Siemens AG


Fig. 9.23 1xE3 IDU - 64 kbit/s (V.11) service channel connection: USER/Dext (USER 2)

USER/Dext

ODU CABLE

CAUTION

Vbattery

H A

C C

B H

L B C

U

O D '

PS

' T S E T

W

M

/ N

J

C /

M



Tx

PS

CAUTION Vbattery

ODU CABLE

A H B

L H B

D U '

V-BUS

Rx

34 Mb/s

Tx Rx

2 Mb/s WST

INDOOR ASSEMBLY


(422-062/60)(*)


(*)


USER 2

Dext

Dext

CONFIGURATION

1+0

1+1



9-25


9-26

Fig. 9.24 1xE3 IDU - (CH1 and CH2) 64 kbit/s (V11) service channel connection

DATA Tx Wire a

9

5

8

4

3

7

6

2

1

DATA Tx Wire b

DATA Rx Wire a

DATA Rx Wire b

CLOCK Rx Wire a

CLOCK Rx Wire b

CLOCK Tx Wire b

CLOCK Tx Wire a

GND


CONTRA-DIRECTIONALCLOCK (a) (b)

USER (a) (b)

DATA Rx Wire a

9

5

8

4

3

7

6

2

1

DATA Rx Wire b

DATA Tx Wire a

DATA Tx Wire b

CLOCK Tx Wire a

CLOCK Tx Wire b

CLOCK Rx Wire b

CLOCK Rx Wire a

GND

Dext (a)Dext SRA L

compatible (a)

Dext (a)



2 17 61 26 73 38 84 49 9

CONTRA-DIRECTIONAL

a) Configuration of User (Co/Contra-directional Clock) or Dext/Dext SRA L compatiblechannels is a software controlled operation.



© 2006 Siemens AG


Fig. 9.25 1xE3 IDU - Supervision connections (Q LAN - V LAN)

Rx1

Tx1

ALMs

Rx5

Tx5

USER/Dext

Rx9

Tx9

Rx13

Tx13

USER/Dext I 0

s Q-LAN V-LAN

SRAL XD

LCT

S E

' T

T / M /

N

W J

M C

CAUTION Vbattery

CAUTION Vbattery

ODU CABLE

ODU CABLE

H A

H B

H A

C C

B H

D B L U '

L B C

D U

O '

PS

PS

V-LAN Q-LAN

(10/100 BASE T) (10 BASE T) VLAN QLAN

V - B U S

NOT USED

NOT USED

DATA Rx Wire a

NOT USED

NOT USED

DATA Rx Wire b

DATA Tx Wire a

DATA Tx Wire b

2

3

4

5

6

8

7

1

INDOOR ASSEMBLY

In the 1xE3 IDU this interface is not available should the “V-BUS”interface be used.


9-27


9-28

Fig. 9.26 1xE3 IDU - Connection example (Q LAN - V LAN)

10 11 SRAL XD-1

10 11 SRAL XD-2

10 11SRAL XD-n

A

B

B

10 11

10 11

10 11

HUBB

BB

B

BA

SRAL XD-n

SRAL XD-2

SRAL XD-1

EXAMPLE BEXAMPLE A

To LAN

To LAN X

To LAN Y

To LAN Z

kEY: 10 = Q LAN; 11 = V LAN


© 2006 Siemens AG


Fig. 9.27 1xE3 IDU - V-BUS Connection

V-BUS 1

6

5

6


U SE R /D extA LM s


U SER /D ext I 0

sQ -LA N V -LA N

SR A L X D

LC T

'

T

T

ES

M

W

N/

C A U TIO N

O D U C A BLE

C

JM/

V battery

C A U TIO N

V battery

O D U C A BLE

AH

BH

LB

UD

'

C

AH H

B

C CBL

O

UD

'

PS

PS

V-BU S


6

7

8

9

5

4

3

1

2

V-DRX-a

V-DRX-b

not used

V-D-a

V-D-b

not used

not used

not used

not used

Ful l Duplex

Half Duplex

INDOOR ASSEMBLY

The V-bus interconnection on for the Controller unit is carried out bymeans of 120 ohm twisted-pair cable (max. length 300 m). The V-buscable must be correctly terminated by two 120 Ohm terminations,mounted at the two ends of the cable.

Should be used the V-BUS interface, the V-LAN interface cannot beused.


9-29


9-30

Fig. 9.28 1xE3 IDU - LCT connection (RS 232)

P E R S O N A L

C O M P U T E R

LCT

O D U C A B L E

CAUTION Vbattery

H A

C C

B H

L B C

U

O D '

P S

' T S E T

W

M

/ N

J

C /

M

SRAL XD s Q - L A N V - L A N

L C T USER/Dext USER/Dext ALMs

T x

P S

CAUTION Vbattery

O D U C A B L E

A H B

L H B

D U '

V - B U S

Rx

34 Mb/s

T x Rx

2 Mb/s WST

The LCT connector (F interface) can be used also to connect a SRALXD to extend a SRAL network.


Pin Signal I/O Description1 F_CD I Received Line Signal Detector (Data Carrier Detect)2 F_RxD I Received Data3 F_TxD O Transmit Data4 F_DTR O Data Terminal Ready5 GND Signal Ground6 F_DSR I Data Set Ready7 F_RTS O Request To Send8 F_CTS Clear To Send9 n.c. Ring Indicator

INDOOR ASSEMBLY



© 2006 Siemens AG


Fig. 9.29 ETH IDU - Primary Power Supply Connections

A 3

A 1

STOTZ 4A

PS (pin A3)

PS (pin A3)

INDOOR ASSEMBLY


(*)


(*)


(*)


CRIMPINGSIDE VIEW



STATION

Main negative power supply 1st Base Band

2nd Base Band

ND 7...38 GHz

1+0 40 W1+1 75 W

HD/HP 7...38 GHz

1+0 45 W (38 GHz) ÷ 60 (7GHz)1+1 80 W (38 GHz) ÷ 115 (7GHz)



9-31


9-32

Fig. 9.30 ETH IDU - ODU connections (connector coax. type SMA)

ODU 1

ODU 2


© 2006 Siemens AG


Fig. 9.31 ETH IDU - 2 Mbit/s 75 ohm (Sub-D) from 1 to 8 Tributary Connections

10

12

13

29

28

11

9

27

26

25

24

8

23

7

6

22

5

21

4

3

20

19

18

2

1

14

16

17

15

33

32

31

30

50

49

48

47

46

45

44

42

43

41

40

38

39

37

36

34

35



Rx DATA


Rx DATA


Rx DATA


Rx DATA


Rx DATA


Rx DATA


Rx DATA


Rx DATA

INDOOR ASSEMBLY



(a)(b)(c

(a) = This prewiring cable is a standard solution; on request is possible to order the single ma-terials and to make the cable in field.(b) = This material is supplied with the installation materials.(c) = The length for this cable is 300 m max.


9-33


9-34

Fig. 9.32 ETH IDU - 2 Mbit/s 120 ohm (Sub-D) from 1 to 8 Tributary Connections

� � � �

� � � �

� � � �

� � � �

� � � �

� � � �

� � �

� � � �

� � �

� � �

� � � �

� � �

� � � � � � � ��

� � � �

� � �

� �

� � � �

� �

� � � �

� � �

� � �

� � � �

� � � �

� � � �

� � �

� � �

� � � �

� � �

� � � �

� � �

� � � �

� � � �

� � � �

� � � �

� � �

� � � �

� � � �

� � � �

� � �

� � �

� � � �

� � � �

� � � �

� � � �

� � � �

� � � �

� � � �

� � � �

� � �

� � � �

� � �

� � � � � � � ��

� � � � � � � ��

� � � � � � ��

� � � � � � � ��

� � � � � � � ��

� � � � � � � ��

� � � � � � � ��

� � �

� � �

� � �

� � �

� � �

� � �

� � �

� � �

� � �

� � �

� � �

� � �

� � �

� � �

� � �

� � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

INDOOR ASSEMBLY


(a)(b)(c)


(a) = This prewiring cable is a standard solution; on request is possible to order the single ma-terials and to make the cable in field.(b) = This material is supplied with the installation materials.(c) = The length for this cable is 200 m max.


© 2006 Siemens AG


Fig. 9.33 ETH IDU - 10/100 BaseT Ethernet Lan Ports (RJ45) INDOOR ASSEMBLY

4Pair Shielded Cable (106-041/76) (a)(b)

RJ45 Shielded connector(422-053/63) (a)

(a) These materials are supplied with the installation materials(b) The length of this cable is 185m Max for 10 BaseT or 140m Max for 100 BaseT.


9-35


9-36

Fig. 9.34 ETH IDU - Alarm connections

ALMs

8

6

15

14

7

13

12

5

11

4

3

10

9

2

1

CEN-OUT4

CEN-IN1

CEN-IN2

CEN-OUT1

CEN-OUT3

CEN-OUT2

ODU

CRITICAL WARNING

TEST

IDU

ALIM OFF

MINOR OR

MAJOR

CEN-IN4

CEN-IN3

INDOOR ASSEMBLY


(422-062/86)(*)


(*)


(*) Materials included in the alarm accessories kit P/N 332-055/49A.Alarm meaning


1 ALIM OFF No power supply alarm9 TEST Abnormal condition (i.e. Tributary loop active)2 IDU IDU alarm10 MINOR OR

WARNING“Minor” or “Warning” alarm

3 CRITICAL “Critical” alarm11 ODU ODU alarm4 MAJOR “Major” alarm12 CEN-OUT2 Station alarm output #2 (from remote station)5 CEN-OUT1 Station alarm output #1 (from remote station)13 CEN-OUT4 Station alarm output #4 (from remote station)6 CEN-OUT3 Station alarm output #3 (from remote station)14 CEN-IN2 Station alarm input #2 (to remote station)7 CEN-IN1 Station alarm input #1 (to remote station)15 CEN-IN4 Station alarm input #4 (to remote station)8 CEN-IN3 Station alarm input #3 (to remote station)


© 2006 Siemens AG


Fig. 9.35 ETH IDU - 64 kbit/s (V.11) service channel connection: USER/Dext (USER 1)

� � � ! � � � " � �

# � � � � � $ % � � �

� � � � & # ' � � �

( � � " " � � ) � � �

* � � ��

� � � � � � � �

$ � � �* � � �

% � � �$ � � ��

� � � �

# � � �� + � � �

, � � � �

+ � � � � � � ��

� � � �

- � � �

! � � �' � � �

. � � �

� � � �! � � �- � � �

� � � % � / � � � �0 � � �1 2 % � ' � � � ( 2 % � ' � � �

% � � � � �� ! � � � " � � �� ! � � � " � � �� % - 0 � � �

� � � � �

, � � � �

� � � � & # ' � � �

( � � " " � � ) � � �

# � � � � � $ % � � �

� � � �* � � � $ � � �

% � � �* � � �$ � � �

� � � �� + � � �

( 2 $ � � � �

� � � � �

� � � - � ! 0 � � �

� � � � � � � � � �

� � - � ! 0 � � � � � � �

INDOOR ASSEMBLY


(422-062/60)(*)


(*)


USER 1


Dext


Dext

CONFIGURATION

1+0

1+1


In case should be used “External EOW”, use this connector for 1+0/1+1 IDU configurations


9-37


9-38

Fig. 9.36 ETH IDU - 64 kbit/s (V.11) service channel connection: USER/Dext (USER 2)

� � � ! � � � " � �

# � � � � � $ % � � �

� � � � & # ' � � �

( � � " " � � ) � � �

* � � ��

� � � � � � � �

$ � � �* � � �

% � � �$ � � ��

� � � �

# � � �� + � � �

, � � � �

+ � � � � � � ��

� � � �

- � � �

! � � �' � � �

. � � �

� � � �! � � �- � � �

� � � % � / � � � �0 � � �1 2 % � ' � � � ( 2 % � ' � � �

% � � � � �� ! � � � " � � �� ! � � � " � � �� % - 0 � � �

� � � � �

, � � � �

� � � � & # ' � � �

( � � " " � � ) � � �

# � � � � � $ % � � �

� � � �* � � � $ � � �

% � � �* � � �$ � � �

� � � �� + � � �

( 2 $ � � � �

� � � � �

� � � - � ! 0 � � �

� � � � � � � � � �

� � - � ! 0 � � � � � � �

INDOOR ASSEMBLY


(422-062/60)(*)


(*)


USER 2

Dext

Dext

CONFIGURATION

1+0

1+1



© 2006 Siemens AG


Fig. 9.37 ETH IDU - (CH1 and CH2) 64 kbit/s (V11) service channel connection

DATA Tx Wire a

9

5

8

4

3

7

6

2

1

DATA Tx Wire b

DATA Rx Wire a

DATA Rx Wire b

CLOCK Rx Wire a

CLOCK Rx Wire b

CLOCK Tx Wire b

CLOCK Tx Wire a

GND


CONTRA-DIRECTIONALCLOCK (a)

USER (a)

DATA Rx Wire a

9

5

8

4

3

7

6

2

1

DATA Rx Wire b

DATA Tx Wire a

DATA Tx Wire b

CLOCK Tx Wire a

CLOCK Tx Wire b

CLOCK Rx Wire b

CLOCK Rx Wire a

GND

Dext (a)Dext SRA L

compatible (a)

Dext (a)



2 17 61 26 73 38 84 49 9

CONTRA-DIRECTIONAL

a) Configuration of User (Co/Contra-directional Clock) or Dext/Dext SRA L compatiblechannels is a software controlled operation.



9-39


9-40

Fig. 9.38 ETH IDU - Supervision connections (Q LAN - V LAN)

Rx1

Tx1

ALMs

Rx5

Tx5

USER/Dext

Rx9

Tx9

Rx13

Tx13

USER/Dext I 0

s Q-LAN V-LAN

SRAL XD

LCT

S E

' T

T / M /

N

W J

M C

CAUTION Vbattery

CAUTION Vbattery

ODU CABLE

ODU CABLE

H A

H B

H A

C C

B H

D B L U '

L B C

D U

O '

PS

PS

V-LAN Q-LAN

(10/100 BASE T) (10 BASE T) VLAN QLAN

V - B U S

NOT USED

NOT USED

DATA Rx Wire a

NOT USED

NOT USED

DATA Rx Wire b

DATA Tx Wire a

DATA Tx Wire b

2

3

4

5

6

8

7

1

INDOOR ASSEMBLY

In the ETH IDU this interface is not available should the “V-BUS”interface be used


© 2006 Siemens AG


Fig. 9.39 ETH IDU - Connection example (Q LAN - V LAN)

10 11 SRAL XD-1

10 11 SRAL XD-2

10 11SRAL XD-n

A

B

B

10 11

10 11

10 11

HUBB

BB

B

BA

SRAL XD-n

SRAL XD-2

SRAL XD-1

EXAMPLE BEXAMPLE A

To LAN

To LAN X

To LAN Y

To LAN Z

KEY: 10 = Q LAN; 11 = V LAN


9-41


9-42

Fig. 9.40 ETH IDU - V-BUS Connection

V-BUS 1

6

5

6


U SE R /D extA LM s


U SER /D ext I 0

sQ -LA N V -LA N

SR A L X D

LC T

'

T

T

ES

M

W

N/

C A U TIO N

O D U C A BLE

C

JM/

V battery

C A U TIO N

V battery

O D U C A BLE

AH

BH

LB

UD

'

C

AH H

B

C CBL

O

UD

'

PS

PS

V-BU S


6

7

8

9

5

4

3

1

2

V-DRX-a

V-DRX-b

not used

V-D-a

V-D-b

not used

not used

not used

not used

Ful l Duplex

Half Duplex

INDOOR ASSEMBLY

The V-bus interconnection on for the Controller unit is carried outby means of 120 ohm twisted-pair cable (max. length 300 m). TheV-bus cable must be correctly terminated by two 120 Ohmterminations, mounted at the two ends of the cable.

Should be used the V-BUS interface, the V-LAN interface cannot beused.


© 2006 Siemens AG


Fig. 9.41 ETH IDU - LCT connection (RS 232)

P E R S O N A L

C O M P U T E R

LCT

O D U C A B L E

CAUTION Vbattery

H A

C C

B H

L B C

U

O D '

P S

' T S E T

W

M

/ N

J

C /

M

SRAL XD s Q - L A N V - L A N

L C T USER/Dext USER/Dext ALMs

T x

P S

CAUTION Vbattery

O D U C A B L E

A H B

L H B

D U '

V - B U S

Rx

34 Mb/s

T x Rx

2 Mb/s WST

INDOOR ASSEMBLY


The LCT connector (F interface) can be used also to connect aSRAL XD to extend a SRAL network.


Pin Signal I/O Description

1 F_CD I Received Line Signal Detector (Data Carrier Detect)2 F_RxD I Received Data3 F_TxD O Transmit Data4 F_DTR O Data Terminal Ready5 GND Signal Ground6 F_DSR I Data Set Ready7 F_RTS O Request To Send8 F_CTS Clear To Send9 n.c. Ring Indicator


9-43


9-44

Fig. 9.42 Primary Power Supply Connections

A 3

A 1

STOTZ 4A

PS (pin A3)

PS (pin A3)

1-8 9-16 17-24 25-32Interfaces TRIBUTARIES

INDOOR ASSEMBLY


(*)


(*)


(*)


CRIMPINGSIDE VIEW



STATION


1st Base Band

2nd Base Band

HDe 18/23/38 GHz

1+0 43.5 W 1+1 78.5 W)



© 2006 Siemens AG


Fig. 9.43 ODU connections (connector coax. type SMA)


ODU 1

ODU 2

INDOOR ASSEMBLY


9-45


9-46

Fig. 9.44 2 Mbit/s 75 ohm (MiniRJ21) from 1 to 8 / 9 to 16 / 17 to 24 / 25 to 32 Tributary Connections


TRIB.1 to 8

TRIB.9 to 16

TRIB.17 to 24

TRIB.25 to 32

Tributary cable8xE1 75 ohm(L=5/10/20/30 m)

(a)(b)(c)

INDOOR ASSEMBLY


© 2006 Siemens AG


Fig. 9.45 2 Mbit/s 120 ohm (MiniRJ21) from 1 to 8 / 9 to 16 / 17 to 24 / 25 to 32 Tributary Connections


TRIB.1 to 8

TRIB.9 to 16

TRIB.17 to 24

TRIB.25 to 32

Tributary cable8xE1 120ohm(L=5/10/20/30 m) (a)(b)(c)

INDOOR ASSEMBLY


9-47


9-48

Fig. 9.46 Alarm connections

ALMs

CEN-OUT4

CEN-IN1

CEN-IN2

8

CEN-OUT1

CEN-OUT3

CEN-OUT2

ODU

CRITICAL WARNING

TEST

IDU

ALIM OFF

6

15

14

7

13

12

5

11

4

3

10

9

2

1

MINOR O

MAJOR

CEN-IN4

CEN-IN3


INDOOR ASSEMBLY


(422-062/86)(*)


(*)



© 2006 Siemens AG


(Cont.)

Alarm meaning


1 ALIM OFF No power supply alarm

9 TEST Abnormal condition (i.e. Tributary loop active)

2 IDU IDU alarm

10 MINOR OR WARNING

“Minor” or “Warning” alarm

3 CRITICAL “Critical” alarm

11 ODU ODU alarm

4 MAJOR “Major” alarm

12 CEN-OUT2 Station alarm output #2 (from remote station)




14 CEN-IN2 Station alarm input #2 (to remote station)





9-49


9-50

Fig. 9.47 64 kbit/s (V.11) service channel connnection: USER/Dext (USER 1)

USER/Dext


INDOOR ASSEMBLY


(*)



(422-062/60)(*)

USER 1


Dext


CONFIGURATION

1+0

1+1


© 2006 Siemens AG


Fig. 9.48 64 kbit/s (V.11) service channel connnection: USER/Dext (USER 2)

USER/Dext


INDOOR ASSEMBLY


(*)



(422-062/60)(*)

USER 2

Dext

Dext

CONFIGURATION

1+0

1+1


9-51


9-52

Fig. 9.49 (CH1 and CH2) 64 kbit/s (V11) service channel connnection

DATA Tx Wire a

9

5

8

4

3

7

6

2

1

DATA Tx Wire b

DATA Rx Wire a

DATA Rx Wire b

CLOCK Rx Wire a

CLOCK Rx Wire b

CLOCK Tx Wire b

CLOCK Tx Wire a

GND

CO-DIRECTIONAL CLOCK (a)

CONTRA-DIRECTIONAL CLOCK (a)(b)

USER (a) (b)

DATA Rx Wire a

9

5

8

4

3

7

6

2

1

DATA Rx Wire b

DATA Tx Wire a

DATA Tx Wire b

CLOCK Tx Wire a

CLOCK Tx Wire b

CLOCK Rx Wire b

CLOCK Rx Wire a

GND

Dext (a) Dext SRA L

compatible (a)

Dext (a)

WIRING CABLE for CONNECTION BETWEEN CHANNELS


2 1 7 6 1 2 6 7 3 3 8 8 4 4 9 9

CONTRA-DIRECTIONAL


© 2006 Siemens AG


Fig. 9.50 Supervision connections (Q LAN - V LAN)

V-LAN Q-LAN

(10/100 BASE T) (10 BASE T)

VLAN QLAN

NOT USED

NOT USED

DATA Rx Wire a

NOT USED

NOT USED

DATA Rx Wire b

DATA Tx Wire a

DATA Tx Wire b

2

3

4

5

6

8

7

1


INDOOR ASSEMBLY

If the V-BUS interface is used in the 32xE1 IDU, the V-LAN interfacewill be not available.


9-53


9-54

Fig. 9.51 Connection example (Q LAN - V LAN)

10 11 SRAL XD-1

10 11 SRAL XD-2

10 11SRAL XD-n

A

B

B

10 11

10 11

10 11

HUBB

BB

B

BA

SRAL XD-n

SRAL XD-2

SRAL XD-1

EXAMPLE BEXAMPLE A

To LAN

To LAN X

To LAN Y

To LAN Z

LEGENDA: 10 = Q LAN; 11 = V LAN


© 2006 Siemens AG


Fig. 9.52 V-BUS Connection

V-BUS 1

6

5

6

V - B U S ( 1 2 8 K b / s D A T A C h a n n e l )

6

7

8

9

5

4

3

1

2

V - D R X - a

V - D R X - b

n o t u s e d

V - D - a

V - D - b

n o t u s e d

n o t u s e d

n o t u s e d

n o t u s e d

F u l l D u p l e x

H a l f D u p l e x


INDOOR ASSEMBLY

The V-BUS interconnection for the controller unit is carried out by means of120 ohm twisted-pair cable (max. length 300 m). The V-bus cable must becorrecty terminated by two 120 Ohm terminations, mounted at the two ends ofthe cable. (Example shown in Fig. 3.91).

If the V-BUS interface is used, the V-LAN interface will be not available.


9-55


9-56

Fig. 9.53 V-BUS Connection example

1 2

3

L max = 300 m

L max = 300 m

DOUBLE TERMINAL

TRIPLE TERMINAL OR MORE

CONTROLLER CONTROLLER CONTROLLER

CONTROLLER CONTROLLER

For these 120 ohm termination connectors 120 Ohm see Fig. 3.106

For this interconnection cable see Fig. 3.106


© 2006 Siemens AG


10 ACTIVATION

10.1 PRESETTINGS

In this paragraph instructions are given to check and, if required, to carry out the presettings relevant to the system type where the equipment is utilized.

There are two presetting types:

� Hardware settings, performed through jumpers or connections

� Software settings, carried out through PC with dedicated software. With regard to the sys-tem software setting options refer to the “Guide to the use of the control software", in the Operator Manual (OMN).

10.1.1 Hardware settings

In the equipment there are no hardware settings.

10.1.1.1 System E2PROM

The IDU contains two different system EEPROMs to store all the NE configurations:

� internal EEPROM in the Controller unit

� external EEPROM (KEY), inserted in the front panel of the Tributary unit.

In the key in the factory have been stored the Serial Number (S/N) and the licence type.


10-1


10

10.2 ACTIVATION

This paragraph includes the procedures for checkings that can be carried out during the instal-lation while activating the equipment.

10.2.1 Local checks

All the units comprising the equipment are tested and adjusted at the factory in order to optimi-ze the characteristics: usually, checks on these unit are not required while installed.

Therefore, the procedures here below described have to be utilized only in case of problems arising in the system, due to equipment malfunction.

The checks are:

� make sure the equipment is correctly equipped as per indications in the Chp. 6.

� check the connection cables (or cable) between the indoor assembly and the outdoor as-semblies (or assembly) are connected and IDU/ODU connection have been made as per indications in the par. 13.2 – "IDU/ODU CONNECTION WITH BRAIDED COAXIAL CA-BLE" or par. 13.3 – "IDU/ODU CONNECTION WITH 1/4” COAXIAL CABLE".

� check the equipment is connected to the primary supply voltage as described in the par. 9.1.1, par. 9.2.1, par. 9.3.1 and par. 9.4.1.

10.2.2 IDU first installation

� Insert the KEY into the right connector on the 16xE1 Tributary unit (see Fig. 10.1) or 1xE3 tributary unit (see Fig. 10.2) or ETH Tributary unit (see Fig. 10.3) or 32xE1 Tributary unit (see Fig. 10.4).

� Switch ON the IDU by turning the switch situated on the front cover of the 16xE1/32xE1/ETH/1xE3 Tributary unit.

� At this point the Controller reads the S/N and the type of license of the KEY and stores it internally.

� The LCT shall now be able to complete the equipment configuration. (Based on the type of license memorised a basic default configuration will be memorised on the KEY).

� When configuring the equipment through the LCT, the configuration will be automatically memorised both on the Controller unit and on the KEY.

The KEY must always be inserted during regular equipment configuration.Should it be removed, the "Memory key disconnected" alarm will be activated.


© 2006 Siemens AG

-2


The following are the alarms associated to the KEY:

10.2.3 Alignment

To make easy the aiming operation, the ODU is equipped with a BNC connector that makes available the AGC voltage as function of the received field.

10.2.4 Local checks on the equipment

10.2.4.1 Control of the system configuration

Control, by means of the supplied SW (LCT), that the system configuration is according to what required for the connection in object. In particular, it is necessary to set on both terminals the configuration, the operating frequency and the ATPC enabling, according to what foreseen by the specifications related to the interested link.

Eventually, configure the equipment according to what specified in “Guide to use of the control software”, in the Operator Manual (OMN).

If a KEY other than that used during the first installation is inserted while theequipment is ON, the Controller compares the S/N and the type of licensememorized (and that corresponds to the first installation KEY) with that of theKEY inserted. A data misalignment is detected and the "No setting mode" alarmis activated which will prevent modifying the configuration through the LCT.

Tab. 10.1 KEY alarms

Alarm Description LCT alarm

Key missing Physically missing “Memory key disconnected” alarm activated

Key Fault Non recoverable data failure “Key fault” alarm activated

Key Mismatch Data memorized on the key differ from those memorized on the IDU

“No setting mode” alarm activated

It is necessary to execute the alignment of the antennas to ensure the correctoperation of the equipment and to make reliable the radio link to the remoteterminal.For the procedures of adjustment and aiming of the antennas, refer to thedocumentation annexed to the antennas themselves.


10-3


10

10.2.4.2 Configuration of IP address

On the first installation, the IDU has a default IP address (192.168.255.3) and then the user can access the NE, set the network IP address and build the map containing the IP address itself. For this purpose, refer to the guide to use of the management program, of the OMN manual.

If the network planning was not available, it is necessary to insert, in the two terminals, addres-ses belonging to two different IP subnetwork (for example: site A = 100.100.100.6; site B = 150.150.150.6), Netmask 255.255.255.0, to be able to control both the Network Elements

10.2.5 Link checks

10.2.5.1 Final checks

After all the local checks and the alignment operation have been executed, check that the levels of the received power in both the terminals are in compliance to the project specification.

10.2.5.2 Switching test

In presence of protected configurations (1+1 Frequency Diversity or 1+1 Hot Standby), proceed to the check of the switching functionality.

With the aid of a PDH (2 Mbit/s) frame analyzer, connected to the tributary access points, check that, after the different switching operations, the service stays active.

10.2.5.3 Restore of the operating conditions

Once the checks on the connection have been executed, restore the operating conditions of the system (removing the possible manual forcing).

For a correct execution of the switching operations, refer to the guide of use ofthe management program, in OMN manual.


© 2006 Siemens AG

-4


10.3 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITIONS AND ALARMS

10.3.1 Normal operating conditions

Normal operating conditions of the equipment are indicated as follows:

� Power Supply switch on the 16xE1, 32xE1, ETH or 1xE3 Tributary (“ON” = position “I”)

� all red LEDs on the front panel of the units: OFF

� RF output power and RF input power at nominal values.

The normal operating conditions of the front panel LEDs are shown in Fig. 10.5, Fig. 10.6 and Fig. 10.7, Fig. 10.8.

10.3.2 Alarm conditions

An alarm condition indicates a failure in the outdoor or indoor unit.

An alarm condition in the equipment is indicated by the switching on of a red LED on the front panel of the failed unit.

The alarms are also processed and managed by the Controller unit. The LCT, connected to the Controller unit, allows an easy location of the failed unit.


10-5


10

Fig. 10.1 IDU Key position (16xE1 Tributary unit)

IDU ASSEMBLY 16xE1 BASE BAND UNIT

16xE1 TRIBUTARY UNIT(75 ohm coax)

16xE1 TRIBUTARY UNIT(75 ohm/120 ohm Sub-D)

16xE1 TRIBUTARY UNIT (75 ohm)

16xE1 BASE BAND UNIT

16xE1 TRIBUTARY UNIT(120 ohm LEMO)

' T S E T

W

M

/ N

J

C / M

SRAL XD

Q-LAN V-LAN

LCT

SIEMENS V-BUS

' T S E T

W

M

/ N

J

C / M

SRAL XD

Q-LAN V-LAN

LCT

SIEMENS

CONTROLLER UNITP/N 634-001/74



© 2006 Siemens AG

-6



ODU CABLE

CAUTION Vbattery

H A

C C

B H

L B C

U

O D '

PS

' T S E T

W

M

/ N

J

C / M



Tx

PS CAUTION Vbattery

ODU CABLE A H B

L H B

D U '

V-BUS

Rx

34 Mb/s

Tx Rx

2 Mb/s WST


KEY

IDU ASSEMBLY

1xE3 BASE BAND UNIT1xE3 TRIBUTARY UNIT(75 ohm coax)

1xE3 BASE BAND UNIT


10-7


10

Fig. 10.3 IDU Key position (ETH Tributary unit)


KEY

IDU ASSEMBLY

16xE1 BASE BAND UNITETH TRIBUTARY UNIT



© 2006 Siemens AG

-8



1-8 9-16 17-24 25-32 Interfaces TRIBUTARIES


KEY

IDU ASSEMBLY

32xE1 BASE BAND UNIT32xE1 TRIBUTARY UNIT75/120 ohm (miniRJ21)



10-9


10-1

Fig. 10.5 LEDs status in the normal operating conditions of a 1+0/1+1 system (16xE1)

ODU CABLE

CAUTION

Vbattery

H A

C C

B H

L B C

U

O D

'

PS

' T S E T

W

M

/ N

J

C /

M

SRAL XD SI EMENS

Q-LAN V-LAN LCT

PS CAUTION Vbattery

ODU CABLE A H B

L H B

D U '

I 0 C C C O USER/Dext

2 Mbit/s I /O TRIBUTARIES 9 Î

V-BUS

OFFOFF“I”

POSITION

16xE1 TRIBUTARY UNIT CONTROLLER UNIT 16xE1 BASE BAND UNIT

IDU ASSEMBLY (16xE1)

GREEN ON

See Tab. 6.4 (*)

The status of these LEDs (which identify the active radio channel) depend on the System Type.In 1+0 or 2x(1+0) configuration only LED CH A is ON (Green).In 1+1 H/S, FD and PD configurations one LED only is ON (Green or Yellow) on the 16x1 BaseBand Unit.

(*)


© 2006 Siemens AG

0



ODU CABLE

CAUTION

Vbattery

H A

C C

B H

L B C

U

O D '

PS

' T S E T

W

M

/ N

J

C /

M


LCT USER/Dext

PS CAUTION Vbattery

ODU CABLE A H B

L H B

D U '

V-BUS

Tx Rx

2 Mb/s WST

OFFOFF“I”

POSITION


IDU ASSEMBLY (1xE3)

GREEN ON

See Tab. 6.4 (*)

The status of these LEDs (which identify the active radio channel) depend on the System Type.In 1+0 configuration only LED CH A is ON (Green).In 1+1 H/S, FD and PD configurations one LED only is ON (Green or Yellow) on the 1xE3 BaseBand Unit.

(*)


10-11


10-1

Fig. 10.7 LEDs status in the normal operating conditions of a 1+0/1+1 system (ETH)

OFF

OFF“I”POSITION

ETH TRIBUTARY UNIT CONTROLLER UNIT 16xE1 BASE BAND UNIT

IDU ASSEMBLY (ETH)

GREEN ON

See Tab. 6.4 (*)

The status of these LEDs (which identify the active radio channel) depend on the System Type. In 1+0configuration only LED CH A is ON (Green).In 1+1 H/S, FD and PD configurations one LED only is ON (Green or Yellow) on the ETH Base BandUnit.

(*)

See Tab. 6.4 (*)


© 2006 Siemens AG

2



17-24 25-32

OFF

OFF“I”POSITION


IDU ASSEMBLY (32xE1)

GREEN ON

See Tab. 6.2 (*)

The status of these LEDs (which identify the active radio channel) depend on the System Type.In 1+0 configuration only LED CH A is ON (Green).In 1+1 H/S, FD and PD configurations one LED only is ON (Green or Yellow) on the 32x2 BaseBand Unit.

(*)


10-13


10-1
IMC 0031METD

4


11 LOOP BACK

11.1 Loop-backs

The following loop-backs are provided for maintenance purposes.

11.1.1 Tributary loop-backs (Fig. 11.1)

� “Local” loop-back (A)The tributary signal can be looped back in the base-band unit at the input interface level.This type of loop-back when activated allows testing the integrity of the circuitry related to line interface access.

� “Remote” loop-back (B)Each tributary stream can be looped towards the remote station.This type of loop-back when activated allows testing connection integrity between two ter-minals.

Each available tributary (i.e., each enabled tributary) can be looped back either locally or remo-tely using suitable software commands (“test commands”), issued via LCT or OSS.


11-1


11-2

Fig. 11.1 Tributary loop-back


© 2006 Siemens AG


12 MAINTENANCE

12.1 TROUBLESHOOTING AND RESTORING

This paragraph instructs about troubleshooting to be carried out on the equipment.

The malfunctions are pointed out by LEDs on the equipment, on the indoor assembly front pa-nel (see Fig. 12.1 and Fig. 12.2).

The indications function on the front panel is described in the par. 6.11 – "LED, MONITORING POINTS, CONNECTORS AND SWITCHES".

The sequence of the recommended actions to locate a faulty part of the equipment, to replace it and to restore the service, are schematized in Fig. 12.3.

12.1.1 Troubleshooting

The failed unit is located by using the LCT: refer to the document "Guide to the use of the con-trol software", which is part of the Operator Manual (OMN).


12-1


12-

12.1.2 Unit replacement procedures in 1+0 systems

This paragraph contains the instruction to carry out the system parts fault replacement.

Follow the instructions step by step, otherwise the SW configuration could be lost, and therefore the LCT is necessary for a new SW configuration setting.

Note: The IDU front panel LEDs give fault status general information; in case of a more deep investigation about cause and severity one alarm is requested, the LCT is necessary.

12.1.2.1 ODU replacement

1. Disconnect the IDU/ODU cable (ODU side).

2. Replace the ODU and connect again the IDU/ODU cable.

3. Verify that the link has been recovered (no alarms)

12.1.2.2 IDU-ODU cable replacement

1. Disconnect the fault IDU-ODU connection cable.

2. Connect a new IDU-ODU cable.

3. Verifies that the LEDs on the 16xE1, 32xE1, ETH, or 1xE3 Tributary unit are in the normal operating conditions.

4. Otherwise, see Troubleshooting through LCT (OMN manual).

12.1.2.3 Replacement of the IDU units

16xE1, 32xE1 or 1xE3 Base Band Unit

1. Disconnect the power supply cable from the front panel of the unit.

2. Remove the faulty unit.

3. Insert the spare unit.

4. Connect back the power supply cable on the front panel of the unit.

5. Check that the link has been restored (no alarm).

Controller unit

1. Remove the unit (the NE will be lost from LCT).

2. Insert the spare Controller unit. The equipment configuration, that has been memorized on the KEY, will be automatically stored in the new Controller unit.


© 2006 Siemens AG

2


16xE1, 32xE1, ETH, or 1xE3 Tributary unit

1. Disconnect all the cables from the front panel of the unit.

2. Switch OFF the unit through the switch placed on the front panel of the unit.

3. Remove the unit.

4. Extract the KEY.

5. Insert the KEY in the spare unit.

6. Insert the spare unit in the subrack.

7. Connect back all the cables.

8. Switch on the unit through the switch placed on the front panel of the unit.


Unit replacement procedures in 1+1 systems

This paragraph contains the instruction to carry out the system parts fault replacement.

Follow the instructions step by step, otherwise the SW configuration could be lost, and therefore the LCT is necessary for a new SW configuration setting.

Note: The IDU front panel LEDs give fault status general information; in case of a more deep investigation about cause and severity one alarm is requested, the LCT is necessary.

12.1.2.4 ODU replacement

1. Force ON LINE the other BB and the hitless switch via LCT commands.

2. Perform by LCT the power down command in the ODU to be replaced.

3. Disconnect the IDU/ODU cable (ODU side).

4. Replace the ODU and connect again the IDU/ODU cable.

5. Perform by LCT the power up command in the replaced ODU.

6. Wait until all alarms disappear from alarm list.

7. Wait at least 30 seconds before removing all forcing via LCT commands.

8. Verify that the link has been recovered (no alarms).


12-3


12-

12.1.2.5 IDU-ODU cable replacement

1. Force ON LINE the other BB and the hitless switch via LCT commands

2. Perform by LCT the power down command in the relevant ODU.

3. Disconnect the fault IDU-ODU connection cable.

4. Connect a new IDU-ODU cable.

5. Perform by LCT the power up command in the relevant ODU.



8. Verify that the link has been recovered (no alarms).

12.1.2.6 Replacement of the IDU units

16xE1, 32xE1 or 1xE3 Base Band Unit

1. Force ON LINE the other BB and the hitless switch via LCT commands.

2. Perform by LCT the power down command in the relevant ODU.

3. Disconnect the power supply and IDU/ODU cables from the front panel of the unit.

4. Remove the faulty unit.

5. Insert the spare unit.

6. Connect back the power supply cable on the front panel of the unit.

7. Wait until the BB will go automatically on line.

8. Perform by LCT the power down command in the relevant ODU line.

9. Connect back the IDU/ODU cable on the front panel of the unit.

10. Perform by LCT the power up command in the relevant ODU.



Controller unit

1. Remove the unit (the NE will be lost from LCT).

2. Insert the spare Controller unit. The equipment configuration, that has been memorized on the KEY, will be automatically stored in the new Controller unit.


© 2006 Siemens AG

4


16xE1, 32xE1, ETH, or 1xE3 Tributary unit

1. Disconnect all the cables from the front panel of the unit.

2. Switch OFF the unit through the switch placed on the front panel of the unit.

3. Remove the unit.

4. Extract the KEY.

5. Insert the KEY in the spare unit.

6. Insert the spare unit in the subrack.

7. Connect back all the cables.

8. Switch on the unit through the switch placed on the front panel of the unit.


12.1.3 Configuration change

The configuration change described in this paragraph refers to the change of the capacity or frequency in 1+1 systems.

1. Force ON LINE the BB unit and the hitless switch via the relevant LCT commands at the remote station.

2. Force ON LINE the BB unit and the hitless switch via the relevant LCT commands at the local station.

3. Change the capacity (or the frequency) on the ODU not ON LINE at the remote station.

4. Change the capacity (or the frequency) on the ODU not ON LINE at the local station

5. Force ON LINE the other BB unit at the remote station.

6. Force ON LINE the other BB unit at the local station.

7. Perform the same capacity (or frequency) change in the ODU not ON LINE at the remote station.

8. Perform the same capacity (or frequency change) in the ODU not ON LINE at the local sta-tion.

9. Remove all forcing via LCT commands.


12-5


12-

12.2 LIST OF SPARE PARTS

The maintenance philosophy consists in the replacement of an outdoor assembly (ODU) or a unit of the IDU. Therefore all spares consist of outdoor assembly and units that have the same P/N of the failed ones.

12.2.1 IDU spare parts list

Tab. 12.1 List of spare parts - 16xE1 IDU

Denomination P/N

16xE1 Tributary unit (75 ohm coax) or16xE1 Tributary unit (75/120 ohm Sub-D) or16xE1 Tributary unit (120 ohm LEMO)

612-404/37A or612-404/38A or612-404/39A

Controller unit (without V-Bus)controller unit (with V-Bus)

634-001/73A634-001/74A

16xE1 Base Band unit 612-314/39A

Wired subrack 628-586/26

Cover 333-309/80

Tab. 12.2 List of spare parts - ETH IDU

Denomination P/N

Ethernet Tributary unit 612-404/41A

Controller unit 634-001/74A



Cover 333-309/80


Denomination P/N

1xE3 Tributary unit (75 ohm coax) 612-404/40A




Cover 333-309/80


© 2006 Siemens AG

6


12.2.2 ODU spare parts list

Each ODU has been adjusted in factory to a frequency of an RF channel. The list of the avai-lable ODUs is given in table from Tab. 12.5 to Tab. 12.22.


Denomination P/N

32xE1 Tributary unit (75/120 ohm MiniRJ21) 612-404/65A




Cover 333-309/80

Tab. 12.5 ODU “HD/HP” 7 GHz

ODU P/N ODU composition

732-241/07-xxx See par. 2.3.15.1 of the UMN Manual













12-7


12-











Tab. 12.13 ODU “HD/HP Low Power” 38 GHz


732-241/38A-xxx See par. 2.3.15.9 of the UMN Manual

Tab. 12.14 ODU “ND” 7 GHz








© 2006 Siemens AG

8
























12-9


12-1

12.3 PROCEDURE FOR SPARE PARTS USE

This paragraph illustrates the procedure to use when having to replace the faulty unit of the IDU and the faulty ODU.

To simplify the description, the following procedures concern the disassembling of the parts to replace. Obviously to place the spare part back proceed in the opposite manner.

12.3.1 Procedure for the IDU unit replacement

The replacement of the units of the IDU assembly can be carried out in the following manner while the equipment is operating:

a) Disconnect the cables present on the front panel of the unit to replace.

b) Unscrew the screws present on the unit's front panel.

c) Remove the unit.

Tab. 12.23 ODU “HDe” 18 GHz


732-241/18E-xxx See par. 2.3.15.10



732-241/23E-xxx See par. 2.3.15.11



732-241/38E-xxx See par. 2.3.15.12

Tab. 12.26 ODU “HDe Low Power” 38 GHz


732-241/38EA-xxx See par. 2.3.15.13


© 2006 Siemens AG

0


12.3.2 Procedure for the ODU replacement

To replace the ODU remove the ODU from the supporting framework fastened to the mast.

The procedure to follow is specified below:

a) Pull out the IF cable.

b) Disconnect ground.

c) Disconnect the RF waveguide.

d) Remove the ODU from the supporting frame.


12-11


12-1

Fig. 12.1 IDU assembly LEDs

ODU CABLE

CAUTION

Vbattery

H A

C C

B H

L B C

U

O D

'

PS

' T S E T

W

M

/ N

J

C /

M

SRAL XD SI EMENS

Q-LAN V-LAN

LCT

PS CAUTION Vbattery

ODU CABLE A H B

L H B

D U '

I 0 C C C O

' T S E T

W

M

/ N

J

C / M

A H B

L H B

D U '

C C C O

USER/Dext

2 Mbit/s I /O TRIBUTARIES 9 Î

CONTROLLER UNIT 16xE1 (or 1xE3) BASE BAND

IDU ASSEMBLY


© 2006 Siemens AG

2


Fig. 12.2 Ethernet tributary unit LAN Ports LEDs

ETHERNET TRIBUTARY UNIT

Lan Port Ledsee Tab. 6.2 (*)


12-13


12-1

Fig. 12.3 Flow chart No. 1 - Intervention procedure because of failure


© 2006 Siemens AG

4


13 TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

13.1 General characteristics

� Transmission capacity 2×2 Mbit/s, 4×2 Mbit/s, 8×2 Mbit/s, 16×2 Mbit/s, 34 Mbit/s, 4xLAN + 8xE1

� Gross bit rate of the transmitted signal:

� 2×2 Mbit/s (2xE1) 4.864 Mbit/s

� 4×2 Mbit/s (4xE1) 9.728 Mbit/s

� 8×2 Mbit/s (8xE1) 19.456 Mbit/s

� 16×2 Mbit/s (16xE1) 38.912 Mbit/s

� 32x2 Mbit/s (32xE1) 76.800 Mbit/s

� 34 Mbit/s (1xE3) 38.912 Mbit/s

�

� Note: With the Ethernet IDU (4xLAN + 8xE1) the gross bit rate depends on the license fee (which enables the on air capacity):

� 4×2 Mbit/s (4xE1) 9.728 Mbit/s

� 8×2 Mbit/s (8xE1) 19.456 Mbit/s

� 16×2 Mbit/s (16xE1) 38.912 Mbit/s

� Modulation:

� 2/2x2/4x2/8x2/16x2/34 Mbit/s (with ODU ND) 4 levels CPM

� 2/2x2/4x2/8x2/16x2/34 Mbit/s (with ODU HD/HP in HP mode) 4 levels QAM

� 8x2/16x2/34 Mbit/s (with ODU HD/HP in HD mode) 16 levels TCM

� 4x2/8x2/16x2 Mbit/s (with ODU HDe in ND mode) 4 levels QAM

� 8x2/16x2/32x2 Mbit/s (with ODU HDe in HD mode)16 levels TCM

� Demodulation:

� non coherent with Reed Solomon FEC and Viterbi decoding (with ODU ND)

� coherent with Reed Solomon FEC (with ODU HD/HP and HDe)


13-1


13-

� RF bands:

RF Bands Operating limits Freq. Range (GHz)

Tx/Rx Spacing(MHz)

ITU-R

7 GHz 7.1-7.9 GHz

7.1 - 7.4 161 MHz F.385

7.1 - 7.4 196 MHz F.385 Annex 3

7.4 - 7.7 161 MHz F.385

7.4 - 7.7 154 MHz F.385 Annex 1

7.4 - 7.7 168 MHz F.385 Annex 3

7.75 - 7.975 148.5 MHz Bulgaria

7.4 - 7.9 245 MHz F.385 Annex 4

8 GHz 7.7-8.5 GHz

7.7 - 8.2 311.25 MHz F.386-6 Annex 1

8.275 - 8.5 126 MHz F.386-6 Annex 3

8.275 - 8.5 119 MHz F.386-6 Annex 3

13 GHz 12.75-13.25 GHz 12.75 - 13.25 266 MHz F.497

15 GHz 14.40-15.35 GHz

14.40-15.35 420 MHz F.636

14.40-15.35 490 MHz F.636

14.40-15.35 728 MHz F.636

14.40-15.35 322 MHz F.636

14.40-15.35 336 MHz F.636

14.40-15.35 315 MHz F.636

18 GHz 17.7-19.7 GHz

17.7-19.7 1010 MHz F.595

17.7-19.7 1560 MHz F.595

17.7-19.7 1008 MHz F.595

17.7-19.7 340 MHz F.595

23 GHz 21.2-23.6 GHz

22.0-23.6 1008 MHz F.637Annex1

21.2-23.6 1232 MHz F.637Annex1

21.2-23.6 1200 MHz F.637Annex1

26 GHz 24.5-26.5 GHz 24.5-26.5 1008 MHz F.748

28 GHz 27.5-29.5 GHz 27.5-29.5 1008 MHz F.748 Annex 2

38 GHz 37.0-39.5 GHz 37.0 - 39.5 1260 MHz F.749


© 2006 Siemens AG

2


� Channel arrangement:

� ODU ND2x2 Mbit/s 3.5 MHz4x2 Mbit/s 7 MHz8x2 Mbit/s 14 MHz/13.75 MHz (Note 1)16x2 Mbit/s 28 MHz/27.5 MHz (Note 1)1x34 Mbit/s 28 MHz/27.5 MHz (Note 1)

� ODU HD/HP HP Mode 2x2 Mbit/s 3.5 MHz

4x2 Mbit/s 7 MHz8x2 Mbit/s 14 MHz/13.75 MHz (Note 1)16x2 Mbit/s 28 MHz/27.5 MHz (Note 1)1x34 Mbit/s 28 MHz/27.5 MHz (Note 1)

HD Mode 8x2 Mbit/s 7 MHz 16x2 Mbit/s 14 MHz/13.75 (Note 1)1x34 Mbit/s 14 MHz/13.75 MHz (Note 1)

Note 1: 13.75 MHz and 27.5 MHz channelling is available for 18 GHz only.

� ODU HDe NP Mode 4x2 Mbit/s 7 MHz

8x2 Mbit/s 14 MHz16x2 Mbit/s 28 MHz

HD Mode 8x2 Mbit/s 7 MHz16x2 Mbit/s 14 MHz32x2 Mbit/s 28 MHz


13-3


13-

� System gain [dB]1:

� ODU ND

1. The values refer to a link with modulation index h=0.33. Should be used a smallermodulation index, the performances have to be reduced (i.e. to improve the spectrumefficiency or to get BW99%=1CS).

7 GHz

8 GHz

13 GHz 15 GHz 18 GHz 23 GHz 26 GHz 28 GHz 38 GHz

Typical

BER<10-3

2xE1 ND 118.0 118.0 113.5 113.5 111.0 110.5 110.0 110.0 108.04xE1 ND 115.0 115.0 110.5 110.5 108.0 107.5 107.0 107.0 105.08xE1 ND 112.0 112.0 107.5 107.5 105.0 104.5 104.0 104.0 102.0

16xE1/1xE3

ND 108.0 108.0 103.5 103.5 101.0 100.5 100.0 100.0 98.0

BER<10-6

2xE1 ND 116.5 116.5 112.0 112.0 109.5 109.0 108.5 108.5 106.54xE1 ND 113.5 113.5 109.0 109.0 106.5 106.0 105.5 105.5 103.58xE1 ND 110.5 110.5 106.0 106.0 103.5 103.0 102.5 102.5 100.5

16xE1/1xE3

ND 106.5 106.5 102.0 102.0 99.5 99.0 98.5 98.5 96.5

Guaranteed

BER<10-3

2xE1 ND 114.0 114.0 109.5 109.5 107.0 106.5 106.0 106.0 104.04xE1 ND 111.0 111.0 106.5 106.5 104.0 103.5 103.0 103.0 101.08xE1 ND 108.0 108.0 103.5 103.5 101.0 100.5 100.0 100.0 98.0

16xE1/1xE3

ND 104.0 104.0 99.5 99.5 97.0 96.5 96.0 96.0 94.0

BER<10-6

2xE1 ND 112.5 112.5 108.0 108.0 105.5 105.0 104.5 104.5 102.54xE1 ND 109.5 109.5 105.0 105.0 102.5 102.0 101.5 101.5 99.58xE1 ND 106.5 106.5 102.0 102.0 99.5 99.0 98.5 98.5 96.5

16xE1/1xE3

ND 102.5 102.5 98.0 98.0 95.5 95.0 94.5 94.5 92.5


© 2006 Siemens AG

4


� ODU HD/HP

(*) Low Power version.

7 GHz

8 GHz

15 GHz

18 GHz

23 GHz

26 GHz

28 GHz

38 GHz

38 GHz (*)

Typical

BER<10-3

2xE1HP 118.0 116.0 112.0 117.5 113.0 112.0 112.0 108.5 93.5HD

4xE1HP 115.0 113.0 109.0 114.5 110.0 109.0 109.0 105.5 90.5HD

8xE1HP 112.0 110.0 106.0 111.5 107.0 106.0 106.0 102.5 87.5HD 106.5 104.5 100.5 106.0 101.5 100.5 100.5 97.0 82.0

16xE1/1xE3

HP 109.0 97.0 103.0 108.5 104.0 103.0 103.0 99.5 84.5HD 103.5 101.5 97.5 103.0 98.5 97.5 97.5 94.0 79.0

BER<10-6

2xE1HP 116.5 114.5 110.5 116.0 111.5 110.5 110.5 107.0 92.0HD

4xE1HP 113.5 111.5 107.5 113.0 108.5 107.5 107.5 104.0 89.0HD

8xE1HP 110.5 108.5 104.5 110.0 105.5 104.5 104.5 101.0 86.0HD 105.0 103.0 99.0 104.5 100.0 99.0 99.0 95.5 80.5

16xE1/1xE3

HP 107.5 105.5 101.5 107.0 102.5 101.5 101.5 98.0 83.0HD 102.0 100.0 96.0 101.5 97.0 96.0 96.0 92.5 77.5

Guaranteed

BER<10-3

2xE1HP 114.0 112.0 108.0 113.5 109.0 108.0 108.0 104.5 89.5HD

4xE1HP 111.0 109.0 105.0 110.5 106.0 105.0 105.0 101.5 86.5HD

8xE1HP 108.0 106.0 102.0 107.5 103.0 102.0 102.0 98.5 83.5HD 102.5 100.5 96.5 102.0 97.5 96.5 96.5 93.0 78.0

16xE1/1xE3

HP 105.0 103.0 99.0 104.5 100.0 98.0 98.0 95.5 80.5HD 99.5 97.5 93.5 99.0 94.5 93.5 93.5 90.0 75.0

BER<10-6

2xE1HP 112.5 110.5 106.5 112.0 107.5 106.5 106.5 103.0 88.0HD

4xE1HP 109.5 107.5 103.5 109.0 104.5 103.5 103.5 100.0 85.0HD

8xE1HP 106.5 104.5 100.5 106.0 101.5 100.5 100.5 97.0 82.0HD 101.0 99.0 95.0 100.5 96.0 95.0 95.0 91.5 76.5

16xE1/1xE3

HP 103.5 101.5 97.5 103.0 98.5 97.5 97.5 94.0 79.0HD 98.0 96.0 92.0 97.5 93.0 92.0 92.0 88.5 73.5


13-5


13-

� ODU HDe


� note 1: with 16xE1/ETH/1xE3 IDU only.

� note 2: with 32xE1 IDU only.

18 GHz 23 GHz 38 GHz 38 GHz(*)

Typical

BER<10-3

4xE1(note 1)

ND 111.5 110.0 105.5 90.5HD

8xE1(note 1)

ND 108.5 107.0 102.5 87.5HD 103.0 101.5 97.0 82.0

16xE1/1xE3(note 1)

ND 105.5 104.0 99.5 84.5HD 100.0 98.5 94 79.0

32xE1(note 2)

NDHD 97.0 95.5 91.0 76.0

BER<10-6

4xE1(note 1)

ND 110.0 108.5 104.0 89.0HD

8xE1(note 1)

ND 107.0 105.5 101.0 86.0HD 101.5 100.0 95.5 80.5

16xE1/1xE3(note 1)

ND 104.0 102.5 98.0 83.0HD 98.5 97 92.5 77.5

32xE1(note 2)

NDHD 95.5 94.0 89.5 74.5

Guaranteed

BER<10-3

4xE1(note 1)

ND 107.5 106.0 101.5 86.5HD

8xE1(note 1)

ND 104.5 103.0 98.5 83.5HD 99.0 97.5 93.0 78.0

16xE1/1xE3(note 1)

ND 101.5 100.0 95.5 80.5HD 96.0 94.5 90.0 75.0

32xE1(note 2)

NDHD 93.0 91.5 87.0 72.0

BER<10-6

4xE1(note 1)

ND 106 104.5 100.0 85.0HD

8xE1(note 1)

ND 103 101.5 97.0 82.0HD 97.5 96 91.5 76.5

16xE1/1xE3(note 1)

ND 100 98,5 94.0 79.0HD 94,5 93 88.5 73.5

32xE1(note 2)

NDHD 91.5 90 85.5 70.5


© 2006 Siemens AG

6


� Tuning range: refer to the ODU frequency tables in doc. "Equipment composition" of the UMN Manual.

� IDU-ODU interface:

� Line code B3ZS

� Bit rate 51.84 Mb/s (with 16x2 BB unit)155.520 Mb/s (with 32x2 BB unit)

� Max IDU/ODU distance:

� with coax. Braided cable 200 m (with 16x2 BB unit)50 m (with 32x2 BB unit)

� with coax 1/4” cable 300 m (with 16x2 BB unit)80 m (with 32x2 BB unit)

� IDU/ODU protection according to IEC 1000-4-5, X level2, criterion 2

2. X=10kV/p; 1.5/50 µsec


13-7


13-

13.1.1 ODU ND characteristics

13.1.1.1 Transmitter

The following characteristics refer to points set down in Fig. 13.1. Unless otherwise stated, the RF parameters have to be understood having been measured at point C' and valid for the tem-perature range defined in par. 13.1.7.

� Max output power [dBm]:

� Output power adjustment [dB]:

� ATPC range Pmin to Pmax

� ATPC threshold software selectable

� Output power in squelched condition mode ≤ -50 dBm (RBW=1MHz)

� Tx frequency tolerance ±5 ppm BOL (Beginning Of Life)±8 ppm EOL (End Of Life)

� Tuning step 250 kHz

� Output signal spectral power density:

� 2×2 Mbit/s (2xE1)

� 4×2 Mbit/s (4xE1) see mask of Fig. 13.2

� 8×2 Mbit/s (8xE1)

� 16×2 Mbit/s (16xE1) or

� 1x34 Mbit/s (1xE3)

� External spurious emission:

� 30 MHz - 21.2 GHz ≤ -50 dBm (RBW=1MHz)

7 GHz

8 GHz

13 GHz

15 GHz

18 GHz

23 GHz

26 GHz

28 GHz

38 GHz

PTx_max (dBm)

typical ND 24 24 20 20 18 18 18 18 17

guaranteed ND 22 22 18 18 16 16 16 16 15

7/8/13/15/18/23 GHz 26/28/38 GHz

Attenuation value [dB]: 0...24 0...20

Accuracy [dB]1)

1 Varying the attenuation, the accuracy changes, with linear function.

from ±2 to ±3.5 from ±2 to ±3.5


© 2006 Siemens AG

8


� 21.2 GHz - 60 GHz ≤ -30 dBm (RBW=1MHz)

� Return loss ≥ 16 dB

13.1.1.2 Receiver

The following characteristics refer to the points set down in Fig. 13.3. Unless otherwise stated, the RF parameters have to be understood as measures at point C and valid for the temperature range defined in par. 13.1.7.

� Max. input power (BER ≤ 10-11) -20 dBm

� Max. input power to prevent from permanent damaging -10 dBm

� Rx thresholds [dBm]1):

7 GHz

8GHz

13 GHz 15 GHz 18 GHz 23 GHz 26 GHz 28 GHz 38 GHz

Typical threshold

BER<10-3

2xE1 ND -94.0 -94.0 -93.5 -93.5 -93.0 -92.5 -92.0 -92.0 -91.04xE1 ND -91.0 -91.0 -90.5 -90.5 -90.0 -89.5 -89.0 -89.0 -88.08xE1 ND -88.0 -88.0 -87.5 -87.5 -87.0 -86.5 -86.0 -86.0 -85.0

16xE1/1xE3

ND -84.0 -84.0 -83.5 -83.5 -83.0 -82.5 -82.0 -82.0 -81.0

BER<10-6

2xE1 ND -92.5 -92.5 -92.0 -92.0 -91.5 -91.0 -90.5 -90.0 -89.54xE1 ND -89.5 -89.5 -89.0 -89.0 -88.5 -88.0 -87.5 -87.0 -86.58xE1 ND -86.5 -86.5 -86.0 -86.0 -85.5 -85.0 -84.5 -84.0 -83.5

16xE1/1xE3

ND -82.5 -82.5 -82.0 -82.0 -81.5 -81.0 -80.5 -80.0 -79.5

Guaranteed threshold

BER<10-3

2xE1 ND -92.0 -92.0 -91.5 -91.5 -91.0 -90.5 -90.0 -90.0 -89.04xE1 ND -89.0 -89.0 -88.5 -88.5 -88.0 -87.5 -87.0 -87.0 -86.08xE1 ND -86.0 -86.0 -85.5 -85.5 -85.0 -84.5 -84.0 -84.0 -83.0

16xE1/1xE3

ND -82.0 -82.0 -81.5 -81.5 -81.0 -80.5 -80.0 -80.0 -79.0

BER<10-6

2xE1 ND -90.5 -90.5 -90.0 -90.0 -89.5 -89.0 -88.5 -88.5 -87.54xE1 ND -87.5 -87.5 -87.0 -87.0 -86.5 -86.0 -85.5 -85.5 -84.58xE1 ND -84.5 -84.5 -84.0 -84.0 -83.5 -83.0 -82.5 -82.5 -81.5

16xE1/1xE3

ND -80.5 -80.5 -80.0 -80.0 -79.5 -79.0 -78.5 -78.5 -77.5

1. The Rx Threshold Values given in the table are referred to SRAL XD like modulationindex (Bandwidth 99% > 1CS). The values are 1 dB less, if different modulation index (Bandwidth 99% ≤ 1CS) isused.


13-9


13-1

13.1.2 ODU HD/HP characteristics




* Low Power version


� Output power squelched condition mode ≤ -50 dBm (RBW=1MHz)




� 2×2 Mbit/s (2xE1)

� 4×2 Mbit/s (4xE1) see mask of Fig. 13.5 - HP mode

� 8×2 Mbit/s (8xE1) see mask of Fig. 13.6-Fig. 13.7 - HD mode

� 16×2 Mbit/s (16xE1)

� 1x34 Mbit/s (1xE3)

7 GHz 8 GHz 15 GHz 18 GHz 23 GHz 26 GHz 28 GHz 38 GHz38 GHz

(*)

PTx_max (dBm)

typicalHP 23 22 20 24 20 20 20 17 2

HD 18 17 15 19 15 15 15 12 -3

guaranteedHP 21 20 18 22 18 18 18 15 0

HD 16 15 13 17 13 13 13 10 -5

7 GHz 8 GHz 15 GHz 18 GHz 23 GHz 26 GHz 28 GHz 38 GHz38 GHz

(*)

Attenuation value [dB]

HP 0-19 0-18 0-20 0-20 0-15 0-18 0-18 0-20 0-20

HD 0-14 0-13 0-15 0-15 0-10 0-13 0-13 0-15 0-15

Accuracy [dB]1)

1 Varying the attenuation, the accuracy changes, with linear function.* Low Power Version

from ±2 to ±3.5


© 2006 Siemens AG

0






� ATPC range Pmin + software selectable ATPC range


13.1.2.2 Receiver


� Max. input power (BER ≤ 10-9 without FEC) -20 dBm



7GHz

8 GHz

15 GHz

18 GHz

23 GHz

26 GHz

28 GHz

38 GHz

Typical threshold

BER<10-3

2xE1HP -95.0 -94.0 -92.0 -93.5 -93.0 -92.0 -92.0 -91.5

HD

4xE1HP -92.0 -91.0 -89.0 -90.5 -90.0 -89.0 -89.0 -88.5

HD

8xE1HP -89.0 -88.0 -86.0 -87.5 -87.0 -86.0 -86.0 -85.5

HD -88.5 -87.5 -85.5 -87.0 -86.5 -85.5 -85.5 -85.0

16xE1/1xE3

HP -86.0 -85.0 -83.0 -84.5 -84.0 -83.0 -83.0 -82.5

HD -85.5 -84.5 -82.5 -84.0 -83.5 -82.5 -82.5 -82.0

BER<10-6

2xE1HP -93.5 -92.5 -90.5 -92.0 -91.5 -90.5 -90.5 -90.0

HD

4xE1HP -90.5 -89.5 -87.5 -89.0 -88.5 -87.5 -87.5 -87.0

HD

8xE1HP -87.5 -86.5 -84.5 -86.0 -85.5 -84.5 -84.5 -84.0

HD -87.0 -86.0 -84.0 -85.5 -85.0 -84.0 -84.0 -83.5

16xE1/1xE3

HP -84.5 -83.5 -81.5 -83.0 -82.5 -81.5 -81.5 -81.0

HD -84.0 -83.0 -81.0 -82.5 -82.0 -81.0 -81.0 -80.5

cont.


13-11


13-1

1. The Rx Threshold Values given in the table are referred to SRAL XD like modulationindex (Bandwidth 99% > 1CS). The values are 1 dB less, if different modulation index (Bandwidth 99% = 1CS) isused.

7 GHz

8 GHz

15 GHz

18 GHz

23 GHz

26 GHz

28 GHz

38 GHz


BER<10-3

2xE1HP -93.0 -92.0 -90.0 -91.5 -91.0 -90.0 -90.0 -89.5

HD

4xE1HP -90.0 -89.0 -87.0 -88.5 -88.0 -87.0 -87.0 -86.5

HD

8xE1HP -87.0 -86.0 -84.0 -85.5 -85.0 -84.0 -84.0 -83.5

HD -86.5 -85.5 -83.5 -85.0 -84.5 -83.5 -83.5 -83.0

16xE1/1xE3

HP -84.0 -83.0 -81.0 -82.5 -82.0 -81.0 -81.0 -80.5

HD -83.5 -82.5 -80.5 -82.0 -81.5 -80.5 -80.5 -80.0

BER<10-6

2xE1HP -91.5 -90.5 -88.5 -90.0 -89.5 -88.5 -88.5 -88.0

HD

4xE1HP -88.5 -87.5 -85.5 -87.0 -86.5 -85.5 -85.5 -85.0

HD

8xE1HP -85.5 -84.5 -82.5 -84.0 -83.5 -82.5 -82.5 -82.0

HD -85.0 -84.0 -82.0 -83.5 -83.0 -82.0 -82.0 -81.5

16xE1/1xE3

HP -82.5 -81.5 -79.5 -81.0 -80.5 -79.5 -79.5 -79.0

HD -82.0 -81.0 -79.0 -80.5 -80.0 -79.0 -79.0 -78.5


© 2006 Siemens AG

2


13.1.3 ODU HDe characteristics






� ATPC range Pmin + software selectable ATPC range


� Output power squelched condition mode ≤ -50 dBm (RBW=1MHz)



18 GHz 23 GHz 38 GHz 38 GHz (*)

PTx_max (dBm) typical ND 21 20 17 2

HD 16 15 12 -3

guaranteed ND 19 18 15 0

HD 14 13 10 -5

18 GHz 23 GHz 38 GHz 38 GHz (*)

Attenuation value [dB] ND 0-20 0-20 0-20 0-20

HD 0-15 0-15 0-15 0-15

Accuracy [dB]1)

1 Varying the attenuation, the accuracy changes, with linear function.


from ±2 to ±3.5


13-13


13-1


� 4×2 Mbit/s (4xE1)

� 8×2 Mbit/s (8xE1) see mask of Fig. 2.45 - ND mode

� 16x2 Mbits (16xE1) see mask of Fig. 2.46 - HD mode

� 1x34 Mbits (1xE3)

� 32×2 Mbit/s (32xE1)





13.1.3.2 Receiver


� Max. input power (BER ≤ 10-9 without FEC) -20 dBm



© 2006 Siemens AG

4



� note 1: with 16xE1/ETH/1xE3 IDU only.

� note 2: with 32xE1 IDU only.

18 GHz 23 GHz 38 GHzTypical thres-

holdBER<10-3 4xE1

(note 1)ND -90.5 -90.0 -88.5HD

8xE1(note 1)

ND -87.5 -87.0 -85.5HD -87.0 -86.5 -85.0

16xE1/1xE3

(note 1)

ND -84.5 -84.0 -82.5HD -84.0 -83.5 -82.0

32xE1(note 2)

NDHD -81.0 -80.5 -79.0

BER<10-6 4xE1(note 1)

ND -89.0 -88.5 -87.0HD

8xE1(note 1)

ND -86.0 -85.5 -84.0HD -85.5 -85.0 -83.5

16xE1/1xE3

(note 1)

ND -83.0 -82.5 -81.0HD -82.5 -82.0 -80.5

32xE1(note 2)

NDHD -79.5 -79.0 -77.5



ND -88.5 -88.0 -86.5HD

8xE1(note 1)

ND -85.5 -85.0 -83.5HD -85.0 -84.5 -83.0

16xE1/1xE3

(note 1)

ND -82.5 -82.0 -80.5HD -82.0 -81.5 -80.0

32xE1(note 2)

NDHD -79.0 -78.5 -77.0


ND -87.0 -86.5 -85.0HD

8xE1(note 1)

ND -84.0 -83.5 -82.0HD -83.5 -83.0 -81.5

16xE1/1xE3

(note 1)

ND -81.0 -80.5 -79.0HD -80.5 -80.0 -78.5

32xE1(note 2)

NDHD -77.5 -77.0 -75.5

1. The Rx Threshold Values given in the table are referred to SRAL XD like modulationindex (Bandwidth 99% > 1CS). The values are 1 dB less, if different modulation index (Bandwidth 99% = 1CS) isused.


13-15


13-1

13.1.4 IDU characteristics

13.1.4.1 Protected configuration specification

� Transmission static delay recovery capability(relevant only for FD 1+1, hitless mode) ± 32 bit

� Transmission dynamic delayautomatic recovery capability ± 8 bit

13.1.4.2 Operating mode

� Rx hitless switch unrevertive

� Hardware logic switches revertive/unrevertive in hot-stand-byconfiguration; unrevertive in frequency diversity configuration

13.1.4.3 Hardware alarm detection time

� Failure alarm ≤ 1 ms

13.1.4.4 Operational switching time

� Tx hardware switch for F.D. < 1 ms

� Rx hardware switch < 1 ms

� Tx RF switch forhot-stand-by < 50 ms

� Hitless switch negligible

� Rx total recovery time (failures) < 300 ms (maximum value)< 100 ms (typical value)


© 2006 Siemens AG

6


13.1.4.5 Characteristics of 2 Mbit/s tributary interface (E1)

The tributary interface can be 75 Ohm or 120 Ohm.

� Bit rate 2048 kbit/s ± 50 ppm

� Code HDB3

� Pulse shape see Fig. 13.13

� Load impedance 75 Ohm o 120 Ohm

� Nominal peak voltage of a mark (pulse):

� 75 Ohm 2.37 V

� 120 Ohm 3 V

� Nominal peak voltage of a "space" (no pulse)

� 75 Ohm 0 ± 0.237 V

� 120 Ohm 0 ± 0.3 V

� Nominal pulse length 244 ns

� Output return loss ≥ 10 dB,for f = 51.2 to 3072 kHz

� Input return loss:

� f = 51 to 102 kHz ≥ 18 dB

� f = 102 to 2048 kHz ≥ 22 dB

� f = 2048 to 3072 kHz ≥ 18 dB

13.1.4.6 Characteristics of 34 Mbit/s tributary Interface (E3)

� Bit rate 34368 kbit/s ± 50 ppm

� Code HDB3

� Pulse shape see Fig. 13.14

� Load impedance 75 Ohm

� Nominal peak voltage of a mark (pulse):

� 75 Ohm 1 V


13-17


13-1

� Nominal peak voltage of a "space" (no pulse)

� 75 Ohm 0 ± 0.1 V

� Nominal pulse length 14.55 ns

� Output return loss ≥ 10 dB,for f = 860 ÷ 51.500 kHz

� Output max peak-to-peak jitter ≤ 5°

13.1.4.7 Characteristics of Ethernet ports interface

� Standard IEEE 802.3 (10Base-T) and 802.3u (100Base-Tx)

� Port 10Base-T or 100Base-Tx, available on oneconnector RJ-45

� Duplex half / full duplex

13.1.4.8 Characteristics of channel auxiliary interfaces

LCT channel

� Channel type 38.4 kbit/s asynchronous data channel

� Electrical interface1) RS-232C

V-LAN

� Channel type IEEE 802.3

� Electrical interface 10BASE-T

V-BUS

� Channel type 128 kbit/s data bus with “burst” mode (HDLC frame)

� Electrical interface proprietary

User channel

� Channel type2) 64 kbit/s synchronous data channel1. The IDU is considered as DCE.2. The user channel can be configured (by software) as codirectional or counter-

directional.


© 2006 Siemens AG

8


� Electrical interface V.11

D1) channel (external)

� Channel type 64 kbit/s synchronous data channel

� Electrical interface V.11

Q-LAN

� Channel type IEEE 802.3 and 802.3U

� Electrical interface 10/100BASE-T

Electrical alarms interface

� Input/Output lines OPEN/CLOSED criteria

� Input lines:

� OPEN criterion -3V to +2V voltage to ground with ≥ 60 kohm series

� CLOSED criterion -3V to +2V voltage to ground with ≤ 200 ohmseries

� Output lines

� OPEN criterion

� Potential negative/positive to ground (from externalsource)

� Max. voltage 72V

� Max. sinking current ≤ 0.1 mA

� CLOSED criterion

� Potential negative/positive to ground (from externalsource)

� Max. voltage 72V

� Max. continuous current 60 mA

� Residual voltage (on the contact) ≤ 2V

� Surge immunity accord. to IEC 1000-4-5, Class 3, criterion 2

1. The external D channel is alternative to the user channel.


13-19


13-2

13.1.4.9 Power supply characteristics

� Input voltage range -38.4V to -57.6V

� Automatic power-up voltage -37.5V ± 0.5V

� Automatic shutdown voltage -36.5V ± 0.5V

� Protection against reversal of battery polarity yes

� Maximum current load @ minimum input voltage 4.5A

� Inrush current during equipment start-up ≤ 10A

� Surge immunity accord. to IEC 1000-4-5, Class 3, criterion 2

13.1.5 Guaranteed consumptions

� ODU ND Systems Consumptions

� ODU HD Systems Consumptions

(*) Low Power version

ODU ND 7 GHz 8 GHz 13 GHz 15 GHz 18 GHz 23 GHz 26 GHz 28 GHz 38 GHz

22W 22W 19.5W 20W 20W 20W 21.5W 21.5W 22.5W

IDU E1/ETH 1+0

13.5W 35.5W 35.5W 33W 33.5W 33.5W 33.5W 35W 35W 36W

IDU E1/ETH 1+1

18.5W 62.5W 62.5W 57.5W 58.5W 58.5W 58.5W 61.5W 61.5W 63.5W

IDU E3 1+0 12W 34W 34W 31.5W 32W 32W 32W 33.5W 33.5W 34.5W

IDU E3 1+1 16W 60W 60W 55W 56W 56W 56W 59W 59W 61W

ODU HD 7 GHz 8 GHz 15 GHz 18 GHz 23 GHz 26 GHz 28 GHz 38 GHz 38 GHz (*)

38W 38W 41W 35W 37.5W 32W 36.5W 32W 26WIDU E1/ETH 1+0 13.5W 51.5W 51.5W 54.5W 48.5W 51W 45.5W 50W 45.5W 49.5WIDU E1/ETH 1+1 18.5W 94.5W 94.5W 100.5W 88.5W 93.5W 82.5W 91.5W 82.5W 70W

IDU E3 1+0 12W 50W 50W 53W 47W 49.5W 44W 48.5W 44W 38WIDU E3 1+1 16W 92W 92W 98W 86W 88.5W 80W 89W 80W 68W


© 2006 Siemens AG

0


� ODU HDe Systems Consumptions


13.1.6 Mechanical characteristics

The IDU can be arranged for the installation, by means of two different supporting brackets, in standard ETSI or 19" racks.

The max. IDU overall dimensions are:

� height 44 mm (standard 19")

� width 533 mm

� depth 243.5 mm

� weight (full equipped) 4 kg

The ODU is arranged for pole mounting. On customer request, it can be delivered with the an-tenna.

The ND/HDe ODU and HD/HP ODU mechanical characteristics are:

ODU HDe 18 GHz 23 GHz 38 GHz 38 GHz (*)

30W 30W 30W 24W

IDU E1/ETH 1+0 13.5W 43.5W 43.5W 43.5W 37.5W

IDU E1/ETH 1+1 18.5W 78.5W 78.5W 78.5W 66.5W

IDU E3 1+0 12W 42W 42W 42W 36W

IDU E3 1+1 16W 76W 76W 76W 64W

(ND/HDe) ODU (HD/HP) ODU

� height 267 mm --

� width 281 mm 290 mm

� depth 123 mm 164 mm

� weight 4.3 kg 7.5 kg


13-21


13-2

13.1.7 Environmental conditions

The equipment complies with ETSI EN 300 019 Rec.

IDU meets the following ETSI classes:

� Transport ETS 300 019-1-2 Class 2.3

� Stationary utilization ETS 300 019-1-3 Version 2.2.2 Class 3.2

� Storage ETS 300 019-1-1 Class 1.3

the temperature/humidity characteristics excepted, for which the climatic diagram of Fig. 13.15 and Fig. 13.17 is valid.

ODU meets the following ETSI classes:

� Transport ETS 300 019-1-2 Class 2.3

� Stationary utilization ETS 300 019-1-4 Version 2.1.1 Class 4.1

� Storage ETS 300 019-1-1 Class 1.3

the temperature/humidity characteristics excepted, for which the climatic diagram of Fig. 13.16 and Fig. 13.17.

13.1.8 EMC/EMI characteristics

The equipment is compliant to EMI/EMC parameters according to the above listed standards and to ETSI standards EN 301 489-1 e EN 301 489-4.

� Electrostatic discharge according to IEC 61000-4-2, criterion 1 Level 2 (± 4kV contact), level 3 (± 8kV air ),

� RF electromagnetic field immunity accord. to IEC 61000-4-3, Level 2, criterion 1(80-2000 MHz) (10 V/m for IDU and 30 V/m for ODU)

� Electrical Fast Transient/ accord. to IEC 61000-4-4, Level 2, criterion 1Burst (EFT/B) immunity (DC lines 1kV; Signal and control lines 0.5kV)

� Surge immunity accord. to IEC 61000-4-5, criterion 2Class 2 (Signal and control lines 0.5kV)

� Radio frequency common mode accord. to IEC 61000-4-6, Level 2 (3 Vrms)(0.15-80 MHz) criterion 1

� Conducted emission according to EN 55022/CISPR22, Class B

� Radiated emission according to EN 55022/CISPR22, Class B


© 2006 Siemens AG

2


N.B.:

� criterion 1: no degradation of normal performance (no errors)

� criterion 2: degradation of normal performance / loss of functionality, with auto recovery

13.1.9 Safety characteristics

� Safety according to EN 60950-1, Class I

13.1.10 Antenna P/N

Tab. 13.1 Antenna P/N

Frequency Band(GHz)

Antenna Diameter (m) Feeder flange

0.2 0.3 0.6 0.8 1.2

7 - - X - X PDR 84

8 - - X - X PDR 84

13 - - X X X PBR 120

15 - X X X X PBR 140

18 - X X X X PBR 220

23 X X X X X PBR 220



38 X X X - - PBR 320

Antennas P/N: 601-xxx/yy

FrequencyDiameter

Fix part

Example: 38 GHz diameter 0.6 m antenna P/N 601-060/38


13-23


13-2

13.2 IDU/ODU CONNECTION WITH BRAIDED COAXIAL CABLE

See Fig. 13.18.

13.2.1 Characteristics

Tab. 13.2 Construction characteristics

ANDREW INTERCOND

Inner Conductor Diameter (mm) 1.78 1.78

Dielectric Diameter (mm) 4.83 4.90

Outer Conductor Diameter (mm) 4.98 6.00

Standard Jacket Diameter (mm) 7.62 7.60

Tab. 13.3 Mechanical characteristics

ANDREW INTERCOND

Weight (kg/m) 0.08 0.095

Min. Bending Radius single bend (mm) > 22.2 > 25

Tensile Strength (kg) 120 50

Bending Moment (N • m) 0.52 -

Crash Strength (kg/mm) 0.54 -

Max. Standard Hanger Spacing (m) 1 -

Tab. 13.4 Range of temperature

ANDREW INTERCOND

Recommended Temperature for Installation (°C) - 40 / + 85 - 40 / + 85

Recommended Storage for Installation (°C) - 70 / + 85 - 40 / + 85

Operating Temperature (°C) - 40 / + 85 - 40 / + 85


© 2006 Siemens AG

4


Tab. 13.5 Electrical characteristics

ANDREW INTERCOND

Characteristics Impedance (ohm) 50 50

Relative Propagation Velocity (%) 85 -

Capacitance (pF/m) 79.10 -

Maximun Operating Frequency (MHz) 2450 -

Peak Power Rating (kW) 10 10

DC Resistance : Inner Conductor (ohm/km) 6.9 7.20

DC Resistance : Outer Conductor (ohm/km) 7.25 5.32

DC Breakdown (V) 2000 -

Inductance (µH/m) 0.20 0.20

Tab. 13.6 Attenuation, (dB/100) Standard conditions: VSWR 1.0; ambient temperature 24°C

ANDREW INTERCOND

30 MHz 3.50 -

50 MHz 4.50 -

150 MHz 7.80 7.80

450 MHz 13.70 13.70

900 MHz 19.7 -

1500 MHz 25.70 -

1700 MHz - 27.50

2000 MHz 30.0 -

2200 MHz - 31.30

2300 MHz 33.9 33.1


13-25


13-2

Tab. 13.7 Average Power Rating, kW Standard conditions: VSWR 1.0; ambient temperature 40°C; inner conductor temperature 100°C;

ANDREW INTERCOND

30 MHz 2.10 -

50 MHz 1.60 -

150 MHz 0.92 -

450 MHz 0.52 -

900 MHz 0.36 -

1500 MHz 0.28 -

2000 MHz 0.24 -

2300 MHz 0.22 -


© 2006 Siemens AG

6


13.3 IDU/ODU CONNECTION WITH 1/4” COAXIAL CABLE

See Fig. 13.19.

13.3.1 1/4” coaxial cable - Connection on IDU side

See Fig. 13.20.

13.3.2 Andrew and RFS-Kabelmetal sets

� The ANDREW and RFS-Kabelmetal material sets are alternative to each other.

� The listed quantities refer to a single IDU/ODU connection.

� NOTE 1 = The length of one IDU/ODU connection is 300 mt Max. (80m for 32xE1 IDU)

* Commercial reference.

Tab. 13.8 Andrew set

P/N Description Unit Q.ty

104-009/42(314-327/79)*

1/4” LDF1RN - 50 ohm COAXIAL CABLE Mt. NOTE 1

597-523/94A(597-523/94)*

1/4” COAX CABLE ACCESSORIES Nr. 1

421-008/88 STRAIGHT “N” type COAX N-PLUG 1

421-008/84 90° “N” type COAX N-PLUG 1

333-031/19 GROUNDING KIT 1

Tab. 13.9 RFS-Kabelmetal set

P/N Description Unit Q.ty

104-009/33(314-327/79)*

1/4” CuH - 50 ohm COAXIAL CABLE Mt. NOTE 1

597-523/94B(597-523/94)*

1/4” COAX CABLE ACCESSORIES Nr. 1

421-008/24 STRAIGHT “N” type COAX N-PLUG 1

421-008/23 90° “N” type COAX N-PLUG 1

333-032/16 GROUNDING KIT 1


13-27


13-2

13.3.3 Characteristics

Tab. 13.10 Construction characteristics

ANDREW RFS-Kabelmetal

Inner Conductor Diameter (mm) 2.6 2.4

Dielectric Diameter (mm) 6.7 6.0

Outer Conductor Diameter (mm) 7.7 7.5

Standard Jacket Diameter (mm) 9 10.0

Tab. 13.11 Mechanical characteristics


Weight (kg/m) 0.09 0.13

Min. Bending Radius single bend (mm) 38 40

Min. Bending Radius repeated bends(mm)

76 120

Number of Bends Min. (tipical) 15 (30) -

Tensile Strength (kg) 91 -

Bending Moment (N • m) 1.33 -

Max. Tensile Force (N) - 650

Crash Strength (kg/mm) 1.4 -

Max. Standard Hanger Spacing (m) 0.5 -

Tab. 13.12 Range of temperature


Recommended Temperature for Installation

(°C) - 25 / + 60 - 10 / + 60

Recommended Storage for Instal-lation

(°C) - 30 / + 80 -

Operating Temperature (°C) - 30 / + 80 -


© 2006 Siemens AG

8


Tab. 13.13 Electrical characteristics


Characteristics Impedance (ohm) 50 50

Relative Propagation Velocity (%) 87 82

Capacitance (pF/m) 76.8 82

Maximun Operating Frequency (MHz) 15800 3000

Cut-off Frequency (MHz) - 18700

Peak RF Voltage Rating (kV) 1.1 0.83

Peak Power Rating (kW) 12.1 6.9

DC Resistance : Inner Conductor (ohm/km) 5.15 4.1

DC Resistance : Outer Conductor (ohm/km) 3.33 3.5

DC Breakdown (V) 2200 -

Inductance (µH/m) 0.19 -


13-29


13-3

Tab. 13.14 Attenuation, (dB/100m) Standard conditions: VSWR 1.0; ambient temperature 24°C


10 MHz - 1.32

30 MHz 2.20 2.3

100 MHz 4.08 4.3

150 MHz 5.03 -

200 MHz - 6.1

300 MHz 7.22 7.6

450 MHz 8.94 9.4

600 MHz 10.42 -

824 MHz 12.36 -

894 MHz 12.92 -

900 MHz - 13.7

960 MHz 13.43 -

1000 MHz 13.73 -

1500 MHz 17.15 18.2

1700 MHz 18.38 -

1800 MHz - 20.1

2000 MHz 20.13 -

2300 MHz 21.77 23.1

3000 MHz - 27.0

4000 MHz 29.89

6000 MHz 37.94

10000 MHz 51.72


© 2006 Siemens AG

0


Tab. 13.15 Average Power Rating, kW Standard conditions: VSWR 1.0; ambient temperature 40°C; inner conductor temperature 100°C;


10 MHz - 4.4

30 MHz 3.38 2.51

100 MHz 1.85 1.36

150 MHz 1.51 -

200 MHz - 0.95

300 MHz 1.07 0.77

450 MHz 0.871 0.62

600 MHz 0.756 -

824 MHz 0.644 -

894 MHz 0.618 -

900 MHz - 0.43

960 MHz 0.579 -

1000 MHz 0.585 -

1500 MHz 0.477 0.32

1700 MHz 0.448 -

1800 MHz - 0.294

2000 MHz 0.413 -

2300 MHz 0.385 0.257

3000 MHz - 0.221

4000 MHz 0.292 -

6000 MHz 0.239 -

10000 MHz 0.185 -


13-31


13-3

Fig. 13.1 ETSI Block diagram of Tx RF side

MODE’Z’

TRANSMIT.A’

RF TxFILTER

B’BRANCHING

NETWORK

C’FEEDER

D’


© 2006 Siemens AG

2


Fig. 13.2 Mask of the RF signal for 7 to 38 GHz ODU ND according to the traffic capacity

0

F0 Fa Fb Fc Fd Fe

H2

H1

+1

SPECTRAL POWER DENSITY(Relevant to peak power of the signal)

RF signal attenuation limit values (7 GHz to 38 GHz - ND)

Trafficcapacity

Channel spacing (MHz)

Fa (MHz)

Fb (MHz)

Fc (MHz)

Fd (MHz)

Fe (MHz)

H1 (dB)

H2 (dB)

2xE1 3,5 1.4 2.8 3.5 7 8.75 -23 -45

4xE1 7 2.7 5.6 6.5 13 17.5

8xE1 14 (13.75 for 18 GHz only)

5.4 11.2 13 26 35

16xE1/1xE3

28 (27.5 for 18 GHz only)

11 19 25 45 70


13-33


13-3

Fig. 13.3 ETSI Block diagram of Rx RF side

DEME Z

RECEIVERA

RF RxFILTER

BBRANCHINGNETWORK

CFEEDER

D


© 2006 Siemens AG

4



MODE’Z’

TRANSMIT.A’

RF TxFILTER

B’BRANCHING

NETWORK

C’FEEDER

D’


13-35


13-3

Fig. 13.5 Mask of the RF signal for 7 to 38 GHz ODU (HP mode) according to the traffic capacity

0

F0 Fa Fb Fc Fd Fe

H2

H1

+1

RF signal attenuation limit values (7 GHz to 38 GHz - HP)

Traffic capacity

Channel spacing (MHz)

Fa (MHz)

Fb (MHz)

Fc (MHz)

Fd (MHz)

Fe (MHz)

H1 (dB)

H2 (dB)

2xE1 3.5 1.4 2.8 3.5 7 8.75 -23 -45

4xE1 7 2.7 5.6 6.5 13 17.5

8xE1 14 (13.75 for 18 GHz only)

5.4 11.2 13 26 35

16xE1/1xE3

28 (27.5 for 18 GHz only)

11 19 25 45 70



© 2006 Siemens AG

6


Fig. 13.6 Mask of the RF signal for 23, 26, 28 and 38 GHz ODU (HD mode) according to the traffic capacity

0

F0 Fa Fb Fc Fd Fe

H3

H1

+1

H2

RF signal attenuation limit values (23, 26, 28 and 38 GHz - HD)

Traffic capacity

Channel spacing(MHz)

Fa (MHz)

Fb (MHz)

Fc (MHz)

Fd (MHz)

Fe (MHz)

H1 (dB)

H2 (dB)

H3 (dB)

2xE1 1.75 n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a.

-30 -35 -504xE1 3.5 n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a.8xE1 7 2.8 5.6 7 12.25 17.5

16xE1/1xE3

14 5.6 11.2 14 24.5 35



13-37


13-3

Fig. 13.7 Mask of the RF signal for 7, 8,15 and 18 GHz ODU (HD mode) according to the traffic capacity

0

F0 Fa Fb Fc Fd Fe

H3

H1

+1

H2

RF signal attenuation limit values (7, 8, 15 and 18 GHz - HD)

Traffic capacity

Channel spacing(MHz)

Fa (MHz)

Fb (MHz)

Fc (MHz)

Fd (MHz)

Fe (MHz)

H1 (dB)

H2 (dB)

H3 (dB)

2xE1 1.75 n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a.

-32 -37 -554xE1 3.5 n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a.8xE1 7 2.8 5.6 7 14 17.516xE1/1xE3

14 5.6 11.2 14 28 35



© 2006 Siemens AG

8



DEME Z

RECEIVERA

RF RxFILTER

BBRANCHINGNETWORK

CFEEDER

D


13-39


13-4


MODE’Z’

TRANSMIT.A’

RF TxFILTER

B’BRANCHINGNETWORK

C’FEEDER

D’


© 2006 Siemens AG

0


Fig. 13.10 Mask of the RF signal for 18, 23 and 38 GHz ODU (ND mode) according to the traffic capacity

0

F0 Fa Fb Fc Fd Fe

H2

H1

+1



13-41


13-4

Fig. 13.11 Mask of the RF signal for 18 Ghz ODU (HD mode) or 23, 38 GHz ODU (HD mode) according to the traffic capacity

0

F0 Fa Fb Fc Fd Fe

H3

H1

+1

H2



© 2006 Siemens AG

2



DEME Z

RECEIVERA

RF RxFILTER

BBRANCHING

NETWORK

CFEEDER

D


13-43


13-4

Fig. 13.13 Shape of 2 Mbit/s tributary interface output signal

NOMINALPULSE


© 2006 Siemens AG

4


Fig. 13.14 Shape of 34 Mbit/s tributary interface output signal

20 %

20 %

10 %

10 %

50 %

V=100%

10 %

10 %20 %

219 ns

244 ns

194 ns

269 ns

488 ns

0 %10 %

10 %

NOMINALPULSE


13-45


13-4

Fig. 13.15 Temperature/humidity climatic diagram for IDU

AIRTEMPERATURE

°C

GUARANTEED PERFORMANCES

RELATIVE AIR HUMIDITY %


© 2006 Siemens AG

6


Fig. 13.16 Temperature/humidity climatic diagram for ODU



AIRTEMPERATURE

°C


13-47


13-4

Fig. 13.17 Temperature/humidity climatic diagram for IDU-ODU storage

AIRTEMPERATURE

°C




© 2006 Siemens AG

8


Fig. 13.18 Braided coaxial cable - IDU/ODU tipical connection

Coaxial connector90° “N” type

Braided IN/OUTcoaxial cable

Coaxial connector 90° SMA type

IDU ASSEMBLY

Note = The max length of one IDU/ODU connection is 200 mt. (50 m for 32xE1 IDU)


13-49


13-5

Fig. 13.19 1/4” coaxial cable - IDU/ODU tipical connection

IDU ASSEMBLY

Note = The max length of one IDU/ODU connection is 300 mt. (80 m for 32xE1 IDU)

1/4” IN/OUTcoaxial cable

IDU ASSEMBLY


© 2006 Siemens AG

0


Fig. 13.20 1/4” coaxial cable - Connection on IDU side

The figure shows a system in 1+1 or 2x(1+0) or ADD DROP configuration. In case of 1+0 configuration only one IN/OUT connection is present.

TO GROUNDING BARN3 ETSI/19” RACK

TO ODUSECTION

1/4” coaxial cable

Coaxial N-plug

Ground cable

“OSM/N” coaxial tail(L.=1 Mt.)

TO IDU ASSEMBLY

Cage nut M6

Bush 6x35

Screw 6x16

M4 nut + 4x8 screw

Coaxial cableFixing bracket

IDU ASSEMBLY


13-51


13-5
IMC 0031METD

2

Documents

SRAL XD 3.7 Training Manual